Algebraic Graph Theory

M Reza Salarian

Preface

This note is mainly based on the book by Godsil and Royle, Algebraic Graph Theory. The section on Steiner systems follows the treatment in Rotman, An Introduction to the Theory of Groups.

For readers interested in further studies in graph theory, we refer to Bondy and Murty, Graph Theory with Applications, and for more advanced topics, to Diestel, Graph Theory. For permutation groups, a standard reference is Wielandt, Permutation Groups.

This note has been prepared with the assistance of AI software to help organize, clarify, and typeset the material. Additionally, SageMath software was used to construct, analyze, and visualize graphs (such as the Hoffman–Singleton graph, Petersen graph, Paley graphs, and Hamming graphs), and to compute automorphism groups and other combinatorial properties.

We hope these references and tools will help guide the reader to a deeper understanding of the material presented here.

Chapter 1 Graphs

A graph XX consists of a non empty vertex set V(X)≠∅V(X)\neq\emptyset and an edge set E(X)E(X), where each edge is an unordered pair of distinct vertices of XX. We will usually write xyxy instead of {x,y}\{x,y\} to denote an edge. If xy∈E(X)xy\in E(X), then we say that xx and yy are adjacent or that yy is a neighbour of xx, and we write x∼yx\sim y. A vertex is incident with an edge if it is one of the two vertices that form the edge.In this note, all graphs are finite, meaning that V(X)V(X) is finite. Moreover, any two vertices determine at most one edge. In fact, the graphs we consider are simple graphs, that is, they have no loops and no multiple edges.

The degree of a vertex v∈V(X)v\in V(X), denoted deg⁡(v)\deg(v), is the number of vertices adjacent to vv, or equivalently, the number of edges incident with vv. We define:

Graphs are often used to model binary relationships between objects. For example, V(X)V(X) could represent computers in a network, with adjacency meaning that two computers are directly linked.

Graph isomorphisms

Two graphs XX and YY are equal if V(X)=V(Y)V(X)=V(Y) and E(X)=E(Y)E(X)=E(Y). For most purposes, the structure of a graph does not change if the vertices are simply relabelled. This motivates the following definition.

Two graphs XX and YY are isomorphic if there exists a bijection φ:V(X)→V(Y)\varphi:V(X)\to V(Y) such that x∼yx\sim y in XX if and only if φ(x)∼φ(y)\varphi(x)\sim\varphi(y) in YY. The map φ\varphi is called an isomorphism, and its inverse is also an isomorphism. If XX and YY are isomorphic, we write X≅YX\cong Y.

It is customary to represent a graph by a diagram, with points for vertices and lines for edges. Strictly speaking, these diagrams do not define a graph unless the vertex set is explicitly labelled. However, once the vertices are labelled, the diagram determines the graph up to isomorphism. The relative positions of the points and lines are irrelevant—the only information conveyed is which pairs of vertices are joined by edges.

Let φ\varphi be an isomorphism from XX to YY. Then for every vertex v∈V(X)v\in V(X),

where NX(v)N_{X}(v) denotes the set of neighbours of vv in XX.

Isomorphisms preserve degrees of vertices: if φ:X→Y\varphi:X\to Y is an isomorphism, then

From the proposition, φ\varphi gives a bijection between NX(v)N_{X}(v) and NY(φ(v))N_{Y}(\varphi(v)). Thus ∣NX(v)∣=∣NY(φ(v))∣|N_{X}(v)|=|N_{Y}(\varphi(v))|, which means deg⁡X(v)=deg⁡Y(φ(v))\deg_{X}(v)=\deg_{Y}(\varphi(v)). ∎

Graph Isomorphism Problem (GI Open Problem)

Problem: Given two graphs, determine whether they are isomorphic, that is, structurally identical under some relabeling of vertices.

Despite its simple statement, there is no efficient algorithm known to solve it in general.

The current best algorithm is due to László Babai (2015), which uses group theory and graph automorphism groups to efficiently handle symmetries.

A graph is complete if every pair of distinct vertices is adjacent; the complete graph on nn vertices is denoted by KnK_{n}. A graph with vertices but no edges is called empty.

The complement of a graph XX, denoted X‾\overline{X}, is the graph with the same vertex set as XX but with edge set

That is, X‾\overline{X} contains exactly the edges not in XX.

If XX is the empty graph on 3 vertices (no edges), then X‾=K3\overline{X}=K_{3}, the complete graph on 3 vertices.

As we said our graphs are simple graphs. A common generalisation is the directed graph (or digraph), used to model asymmetric relationships.

A directed graph XX consists of a vertex set V(X)V(X) and an arc set A(X)A(X), where each arc is an ordered pair of distinct vertices. In diagrams, arcs are drawn as arrows from the first vertex to the second.

Unless otherwise stated, all graphs in these notes are assumed to be finite, simple, and undirected.

1 Subgraphs

A subgraph YY of a graph XX is a graph with V(Y)⊆V(X)V(Y)\subseteq V(X) and E(Y)⊆E(X)E(Y)\subseteq E(X).

If V(Y)=V(X)V(Y)=V(X), then YY is called a spanning subgraph of XX. Any spanning subgraph can be obtained by deleting edges from XX. The number of spanning subgraphs of XX is 2∣E(X)∣2^{|E(X)|}.

An induced subgraph of XX is a subgraph YY where two vertices are adjacent in YY if and only if they are adjacent in XX. Equivalently, it is obtained by deleting vertices from XX (and all incident edges). The number of induced subgraphs of XX is 2∣V(X)∣2^{|V(X)|}.

A clique is a complete subgraph; an independent set is a set of vertices inducing no edges. The size of the largest clique in XX is the clique number ω(X)\omega(X); the size of the largest independent set is the independence number α(X)\alpha(X).

Paths, connectivity, and cycles

A path of length rr from xx to yy is a sequence of r+1r+1 distinct vertices beginning with xx and ending with yy, such that consecutive vertices are adjacent. A graph is connected if there is a path between any two vertices; otherwise it is disconnected. A component of XX is a maximal connected induced subgraph.

Exercise: We have ω(X)=α(X‾)\omega(X)=\alpha(\overline{X}) and ω(X‾)=α(X)\omega(\overline{X})=\alpha(X)

Consider the graph XX with vertex set {1,2,3,4,5,6}\{1,2,3,4,5,6\} and edges {12,23,45}\{12,23,45\}. This graph has three components:

123456 Exercise 1.1.1. Let XX be a simple graph with n≥2n\geq 2 vertices, and let X‾\overline{X} be its complement.

Show that if XX is disconnected, then X‾\overline{X} is connected.

Conclude that for any graph XX on n≥2n\geq 2 vertices, at least one of XX or X‾\overline{X} is connected.

Give an example of a graph XX such that XX is disconnected but X‾\overline{X} is connected.

A graph XX is connected if and only if it has exactly one component.

By definition, the components are maximal connected induced subgraphs partitioning V(X)V(X). If XX is connected, the whole graph is one maximal connected induced subgraph, so it has one component. Conversely, if there is only one component, XX itself is connected. ∎

A cycle is a connected graph in which every vertex has degree 22. The smallest cycle is K3K_{3}. A graph in which each vertex has at least two neighbours must contain a cycle.

An acyclic graph is a graph with no cycles, it is also called a forest. A connected forest is called a tree. A spanning tree is a spanning subgraph that is a tree.

A graph has a spanning tree if and only if it is connected.

If a graph has a spanning tree, it is clearly connected. Conversely, if XX is connected, start with XX and repeatedly delete edges from cycles until no cycles remain; the resulting subgraph is connected and acyclic, hence a spanning tree. ∎

Each edge contributes exactly 22 to the total degree count, one for each endpoint. Summing over all edges yields the formula. ∎

Prove that a connected graph with maximum degree Δ(X)≤2\Delta(X)\leq 2 is either a path or a cycle. In particular, if it is 22-regular, it must be a cycle.

Prove that any connected graph with minimum degree δ(X)≥2\delta(X)\geq 2 contains at least one cycle.

Use the Handshaking Lemma to show that in any graph the number of vertices of odd degree is even.

Prove that the number of spanning subgraphs of a graph XX is 2∣E(X)∣2^{|E(X)|}.

Bipartite Graphs

A graph XX is bipartite if its vertex set V(X)V(X) can be partitioned into two disjoint sets UU and WW such that every edge of XX connects a vertex in UU to a vertex in WW. Equivalently, there are no edges between vertices within the same part.

The complete bipartite graph K3,3K_{3,3} has vertex set partitioned into two sets of size 3 each, with every vertex in the first set connected to every vertex in the second set, and no edges within each set.

1. Let PP be a path (or cycle) in a graph. The length of PP, denoted ∣P∣|P|, is the number of its edges. A cycle is called odd (even) if its length is odd (even).

2. Let XX be a connected graph, and let u,vu,v be vertices of XX. The distance between uu and vv, denoted dX(u,v)d_{X}(u,v), is defined by

Exercise: For any cycle, the number of vertices and the number of edges are equal.

A graph is bipartite if and only if it contains no odd cycles.

(⇒\Rightarrow) Suppose XX is bipartite with parts UU and WW. Any cycle must alternate vertices between UU and WW. Thus, the cycle length must be even (since it must return to the starting vertex in the same part after an even number of steps). So XX contains no odd cycles.

(⇐\Leftarrow) Suppose XX has no odd cycles. Pick any vertex vv and define:

If there were an edge within UU or within WW, this would create an odd cycle (by combining the paths from vv to the two endpoints with that edge), contradicting the assumption. Therefore, XX is bipartite. ∎

2 Automorphisms of Graphs

An automorphism of a graph XX is an isomorphism from XX to itself. In other words, it is a permutation of the vertex set V(X)V(X) that preserves adjacency: if x∼yx\sim y in XX, then g(x)∼g(y)g(x)\sim g(y) for an automorphism gg.

Then YgY^{g} is isomorphic to YY and is also a subgraph of XX.

The valency (or degree) of a vertex xx is the number of neighbors of xx.

Let N(x)N(x) be the subgraph induced by the neighbors of xx. Then

Since N(x)N(x) and N(y)N(y) are isomorphic subgraphs of XX, they have the same number of vertices, so xx and yy have the same valency. ∎

Thus, automorphisms permute vertices of equal valency among themselves.

A graph is called kk-regular if every vertex has valency kk. In particular, a 33-regular graph is called cubic, and a 44-regular graph is sometimes called quartic.

Distance and Automorphisms

The distance d(x,y)d(x,y) between vertices xx and yy is the length of a shortest path connecting them.

Let P=(x=v0,v1,…,vk=y)P=(x=v_{0},v_{1},\ldots,v_{k}=y) be a shortest path from xx to yy of length k=d(x,y)k=d(x,y). Because gg is an automorphism, it preserves adjacency, so the image path

is a path of length kk from g(x)g(x) to g(y)g(y). Thus,

Automorphisms of the Complement

The complement X‾\overline{X} of a graph XX has the same vertex set, where two vertices are adjacent in X‾\overline{X} if and only if they are not adjacent in XX.

Any automorphism preserves adjacency and non-adjacency, so it is also an automorphism of the complement. ∎

Examples of Automorphism Groups

Example Consider the graph GG with vertex set

This graph resembles a star centered at vertex 1 with edges 12,13,1412,13,14, plus edges 2525 and 3535 connecting vertices 2 and 3 to 5.

Observe that vertices 2 and 3 share identical neighborhoods:

The mapping that swaps vertices 2 and 3 (and fixes all other vertices) preserves adjacency, as: - edges 1212 and 1313 are swapped, - edges 2525 and 3535 are swapped, - vertices 1, 4, and 5 remain fixed.

Thus, the automorphism group of GG consists of the identity and the transposition swapping 2 and 3, and so

For n≥3n\geq 3, the automorphism group of the cycle graph CnC_{n} is isomorphic to the dihedral group D2nD_{2n}:

If an automorphism of CnC_{n} fixes two adjacent vertices, then it must be the identity. Indeed, if φ(v0)=v0\varphi(v_{0})=v_{0} and φ(v1)=v1\varphi(v_{1})=v_{1}, then adjacency forces φ(v2)=v2\varphi(v_{2})=v_{2}, and inductively all vertices are fixed.

so that ρk=(ρ1)k\rho_{k}=(\rho_{1})^{k} in particular. Also define the reflection

From the above relations, AA is isomorphic to the dihedral group D2nD_{2n} and has exactly 2n2n elements: the nn rotations ρk\rho_{k} and the nn reflections ρkσ\rho_{k}\sigma. For each i,ji,j, there exists kk with ρk(vi)=vj\rho_{k}(v_{i})=v_{j}, namely k≡j−i(modn)k\equiv j-i\pmod{n}, so the rotations act transitively on VV.

If instead φ(v0)=vi\varphi(v_{0})=v_{i} for some ii, choose kk such that ρk(vi)=v0\rho_{k}(v_{i})=v_{0}. Then

Example[Path Graph PnP_{n}] The path graph PnP_{n} has only two automorphisms: the identity and the "flip" reversing the path. Hence,

Example[Complete Bipartite Graph Km,nK_{m,n}] If m≠nm\neq n, then

where SmS_{m} and SnS_{n} are the symmetric groups on the two parts. If m=nm=n, there is an additional automorphism swapping the two parts, so

3 Johnson, Petersen and Kneser Graphs

A particularly important family of graphs in algebraic and combinatorial graph theory are the J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) graphs. They provide a natural way to translate problems about finite sets into graph theory.

Let v,k,iv,k,i be integers with v≥k≥i≥0v\geq k\geq i\geq 0, and let NN be a fixed set of size vv. The graph J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) is defined as follows:

The vertices are all kk-element subsets of NN.

Two vertices (subsets) are adjacent if and only if their intersection has size ii.

Thus, J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) has (vk)\binom{v}{k} vertices and is a regular graph.

Exercise Show that J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) has (vk)\binom{v}{k} vertices and is a dd-regular graph, where

A useful observation is that we may assume v≥2kv\geq 2k:

Let NN be a fixed vv-element set and (Nk)\binom{N}{k} be the set of all kk-subsets of NN . Define a map

This map is clearly a bijection with inverse itself.

For any kk-subsets A,B⊆NA,B\subseteq N, we have

Hence, ∣A∩B∣=i|A\cap B|=i if and only if ∣φ(A)∩φ(B)∣=v−2k+i\bigl|\varphi(A)\cap\varphi(B)\bigr|=v-2k+i. This shows that φ\varphi preserves adjacency in the Johnson graphs, so it is an isomorphism

When v≥2kv\geq 2k, two special cases are of particular interest:

The most famous example is the Kneser graph J(5,2,0)J(5,2,0), which is the Petersen graph.

Petersen Graph: Vertices are the 22-element subsets of {1,2,3,4,5}\{1,2,3,4,5\}. Two vertices are adjacent if and only if they are disjoint as sets.

{1,2}<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mostretchy="false"></mo><mn>3</mn><moseparator="true">,</mo><mn>4</mn><mostretchy="false"></mo></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">{3,4}</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:1em;vertical−align:−0.25em;"></span><spanclass="mopen"></span><spanclass="mord">3</span><spanclass="mpunct">,</span><spanclass="mspace"style="margin−right:0.1667em;"></span><spanclass="mord">4</span><spanclass="mclose"></span></span></span></span></span>{1,5}<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mostretchy="false"></mo><mn>2</mn><moseparator="true">,</mo><mn>3</mn><mostretchy="false"></mo></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">{2,3}</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:1em;vertical−align:−0.25em;"></span><spanclass="mopen"></span><spanclass="mord">2</span><spanclass="mpunct">,</span><spanclass="mspace"style="margin−right:0.1667em;"></span><spanclass="mord">3</span><spanclass="mclose"></span></span></span></span></span>{4,5}<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mostretchy="false"></mo><mn>3</mn><moseparator="true">,</mo><mn>5</mn><mostretchy="false"></mo></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">{3,5}</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:1em;vertical−align:−0.25em;"></span><spanclass="mopen"></span><spanclass="mord">3</span><spanclass="mpunct">,</span><spanclass="mspace"style="margin−right:0.1667em;"></span><spanclass="mord">5</span><spanclass="mclose"></span></span></span></span></span>{1,4}<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mostretchy="false"></mo><mn>2</mn><moseparator="true">,</mo><mn>5</mn><mostretchy="false"></mo></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">{2,5}</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:1em;vertical−align:−0.25em;"></span><spanclass="mopen"></span><spanclass="mord">2</span><spanclass="mpunct">,</span><spanclass="mspace"style="margin−right:0.1667em;"></span><spanclass="mord">5</span><spanclass="mclose"></span></span></span></span></span>{1,3}\{1,2\}<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mo stretchy="false">{</mo><mn>3</mn><mo separator="true">,</mo><mn>4</mn><mo stretchy="false">}</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">\{3,4\}</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:1em;vertical-align:-0.25em;"></span><span class="mopen">{</span><span class="mord">3</span><span class="mpunct">,</span><span class="mspace" style="margin-right:0.1667em;"></span><span class="mord">4</span><span class="mclose">}</span></span></span></span></span>\{1,5\}<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mo stretchy="false">{</mo><mn>2</mn><mo separator="true">,</mo><mn>3</mn><mo stretchy="false">}</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">\{2,3\}</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:1em;vertical-align:-0.25em;"></span><span class="mopen">{</span><span class="mord">2</span><span class="mpunct">,</span><span class="mspace" style="margin-right:0.1667em;"></span><span class="mord">3</span><span class="mclose">}</span></span></span></span></span>\{4,5\}<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mo stretchy="false">{</mo><mn>3</mn><mo separator="true">,</mo><mn>5</mn><mo stretchy="false">}</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">\{3,5\}</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:1em;vertical-align:-0.25em;"></span><span class="mopen">{</span><span class="mord">3</span><span class="mpunct">,</span><span class="mspace" style="margin-right:0.1667em;"></span><span class="mord">5</span><span class="mclose">}</span></span></span></span></span>\{1,4\}<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mo stretchy="false">{</mo><mn>2</mn><mo separator="true">,</mo><mn>5</mn><mo stretchy="false">}</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">\{2,5\}</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:1em;vertical-align:-0.25em;"></span><span class="mopen">{</span><span class="mord">2</span><span class="mpunct">,</span><span class="mspace" style="margin-right:0.1667em;"></span><span class="mord">5</span><span class="mclose">}</span></span></span></span></span>\{1,3\}{2,4}\{2,4\} The Petersen graph is 33-regular, has 1010 vertices and 1515 edges, and plays a central role in many areas of graph theory.

Automorphisms. If gg is a permutation of NN and S⊆NS\subseteq N, define

Each such gg induces a permutation of the vertices of J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i), and if ∣S∩T∣=i|S\cap T|=i then ∣Sg∩Tg∣=i|S^{g}\cap T^{g}|=i, so gg is an automorphism of J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i). Thus:

Open Problem: Determine all triples (v,k,i)(v,k,i) for which

That is, classify the parameters for which the automorphism group of a Johnson graph (or its Kneser graph special case) is isomorphic to the full symmetric group on vv vertices.

The automorphism group of the Petersen graph PP is isomorphic to S5S_{5} in its natural action on the 2-subsets of ={1,2,3,4,5}=\{1,2,3,4,5\}.

We label the vertices of PP by the 2-element subsets of $$, with two vertices adjacent if and only if the corresponding subsets are disjoint.

Step 1: Structure of the Petersen graph in this labeling. The vertices can be divided into two 5-cycles:

The outer 5-cycle, consisting of vertices

where edges follow the cycle in that order (each consecutive pair is disjoint).

The inner 5-cycle, consisting of the remaining 2-subsets

again forming a 5-cycle in that cyclic order.

Step 2: Independent sets of maximum size. In any graph, an automorphism sends independent sets to independent sets of the same size. In a 5-cycle, the largest independent set has size 2. Since PP consists of two 5-cycles connected in a specific way, a maximum independent set in PP can contain at most two vertices from the outer cycle and at most two from the inner cycle. Hence:

and every maximum independent set has exactly two vertices from each cycle.

A simple example of a size-4 independent set is:

Clearly, there are exactly 5 such sets I1,I2,I3,I4,I5I_{1},I_{2},I_{3},I_{4},I_{5}, one for each element of $$.

Step 3: Classification of all maximum independent sets. Let II be any independent set of size 4 in PP. By Step 1, it must contain exactly two vertices from the outer cycle and two from the inner cycle.

The outer 5-cycle has a rotation symmetry given by the permutation

which acts on the 2-subset labels of PP. By applying an automorphism corresponding to a rotation of the outer cycle, we can assume without loss of generality that:

Looking at the adjacency structure of PP, the only way to complete II to an independent set of size 4 is to take the inner vertices:

Hence, every maximum independent set is of the form IjI_{j} for some j∈j\in.

Any automorphism of PP permutes these sets, giving a homomorphism:

is a single vertex of PP, so gg must fix this vertex. Since this holds for all pairs j,kj,k, gg fixes every vertex of PP, hence gg is the identity. Therefore:

An incidence structure is a pair (P,B)(P,\mathcal{B}), where

B\mathcal{B} is a set of blocks (also called lines),

together with an incidence relation indicating which points lie in which blocks.

The Levi graph (or incidence graph) of an incidence structure (P,B)(P,\mathcal{B}) is the bipartite graph with vertex set P∪BP\cup\mathcal{B}, where a point p∈Pp\in P is adjacent to a block B∈BB\in\mathcal{B} if and only if pp is incident with BB (i.e., p∈Bp\in B).

A polarity of an incidence structure (P,B)(P,\mathcal{B}) is a bijection

π\pi maps points to lines and lines to points,

π\pi is an involution: π2\pi^{2} is the identity, and

A configuration is self-dual if it admits a polarity. In other words, points and lines can be interchanged while preserving the incidence structure.

Remarks: A Levi graphs is bipartite, so Petersen graph is not a Levi graph.

In what follows, we present some classical examples of Levi graphs such as:

The Heawood graph which is the Levi graph of the Fano plane (self-dual configuration with 7 points and 7 lines).

4 The Tutte–Coxeter Graph (Tutte 8-cage)

A duad is a 22-element subset of Ω\Omega. Denote the set of duads by

A syntheme is a partition of Ω\Omega into three disjoint duads. Denote the set of synthemes by SS, so ∣S∣=15|S|=15.

The Tutte–Coxeter graph Γ\Gamma is the bipartite incidence graph with parts DD and SS, where d∈Dd\in D is adjacent to s∈Ss\in S if and only if d∈sd\in s.

The automorphism group of the Tutte–Coxeter graph is

Step 1. Side-preserving automorphisms. Any σ∈S6\sigma\in S_{6} permutes the symbols of Ω\Omega, thereby permuting duads and synthemes and preserving incidence. Thus

To see there are no additional side-preserving automorphisms, observe that from the graph Γ\Gamma alone we can reconstruct the six symbols of Ω\Omega. For duads a,b∈Da,b\in D define

Thus we can recognize within Γ\Gamma when two duads intersect. Construct a graph XX on DD where a,ba,b are adjacent iff a∩b≠∅a\cap b\neq\varnothing. Then for each i∈Ωi\in\Omega, the five duads containing ii form a clique K5K_{5} in XX, and these six cliques are exactly the maximal 55-cliques in XX. Hence the six symbols of Ω\Omega are canonically identifiable from Γ\Gamma.

Therefore every automorphism of Γ\Gamma preserving the bipartition induces a permutation of the six cliques, i.e. an element of S6S_{6}. This proves

Step 2. Existence of a side-swapping automorphism.

We can show that the incidence structure (D,S)(D,S) is self-dual. However, the proof requires some group-theoretic machinery, in particular the existence of the exceptional outer automorphism of the symmetric group S6S_{6}. We leave this as an exercise, but we include below a brief sketch as a proposition.

In fact, there exists a polarity π\pi interchanging duads and synthemes while preserving incidence:

This polarity induces a graph automorphism τ\tau of the Tutte–Coxeter graph satisfying

It is well known that S6S_{6} has a unique nontrivial outer automorphism, and adjoining τ\tau realizes this extension. Therefore

Let Ω={1,2,3,4,5,6}\Omega=\{1,2,3,4,5,6\}, let DD be the set of duads (2-subsets of Ω\Omega) and let SS be the set of synthemes (partitions of Ω\Omega into three disjoint duads). Then there exists a bijection f ⁣:D→Sf\!:D\to S which is a polarity of the duad–syntheme incidence structure; that is,

(2) Identifying duads and synthemes with permutations. Associate to each duad d={a,b}∈Dd=\{a,b\}\in D the transposition (ab)∈S6(ab)\in S_{6}. Associate to each syntheme s∈Ss\in S the permutation τs∈S6\tau_{s}\in S_{6} which is the product of the three disjoint transpositions that form ss. Thus incidence d∈sd\in s is equivalent to the transposition (ab)(ab) being one of the three disjoint transpositions whose product is τs\tau_{s}.

(3) Define f ⁣:D→Sf\colon D\to S via σ\sigma. For a duad d={a,b}d=\{a,b\} let td=(ab)t_{d}=(ab). Consider σ(td)\sigma(t_{d}). By (1), σ(td)\sigma(t_{d}) is a permutation of cycle type 232^{3}; its three transposition factors correspond to a unique syntheme s∈Ss\in S. Define f(d)=sf(d)=s. This produces a map f ⁣:D→Sf\colon D\to S.

(4) Well-definedness and bijectivity. If td1=td2t_{d_{1}}=t_{d_{2}} then d1=d2d_{1}=d_{2}, so the assignment is well defined. The map ff is injective because σ\sigma is injective and different transpositions land in different 232^{3}-type elements (so give different synthemes). Since ∣D∣=∣S∣=15|D|=|S|=15, injectivity implies bijectivity.

(5) Incidence is reversed by ff. Fix d={a,b}∈Dd=\{a,b\}\in D and s∈Ss\in S. Let td=(ab)t_{d}=(ab) and let τs\tau_{s} be the product of the three transpositions in ss. Then

Apply σ\sigma to both sides. Using that σ\sigma is a homomorphism of the group structure (though outer, it still permutes conjugacy classes and respects products up to group law), we obtain that σ(td)\sigma(t_{d}) is one of the three transpositions in the product σ(τs)\sigma(\tau_{s}). By the definition of ff,

Therefore ff reverses incidence as required for a polarity.

Conclusion. The bijection ff (after the adjustment above if desired) is an incidence-reversing involution D↔SD\leftrightarrow S; i.e. a polarity of the duad–syntheme incidence structure. Hence the Tutte–Coxeter Levi graph is self-dual. ∎

where dX(u,v)d_{X}(u,v) is the length of the shortest path between uu and vv.

Exercise 1. Show that the Johnson graph J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) has

Exercise 2. Show that the Petersen graph PP is connected and has diameter 3 and girth 5.

Girth 88 and diameter 44 of the Tutte–Coxeter graph

The Tutte–Coxeter graph Γ\Gamma has girth 88 and diameter 44.

Since Γ\Gamma is bipartite any cycle has even length; so the possible cycle lengths are 4,6,8,…4,6,8,\dots. We show no 44- or 66-cycle can occur; hence the shortest possible cycle is length 88.

No 44-cycles. Suppose there were a 44-cycle

with di∈Dd_{i}\in D and sj∈Ss_{j}\in S. Then both synthemes s1s_{1} and s2s_{2} contain the two duads d1d_{1} and d2d_{2}. But by construction of synthemes, two distinct duads determine at most one syntheme containing both. Therefore Γ\Gamma has no 44-cycle.

No 66-cycles. Suppose there were a 66-cycle

Interpret this in the incidence structure: di∈sid_{i}\in s_{i} and di+1∈sid_{i+1}\in s_{i} (indices mod 33). Pick the syntheme s1s_{1} and the point (duad) d3d_{3} not on s1s_{1}; then we should have a unique point on s1s_{1} which is in a same syntheme with d3d_{3} (collinear). But in the supposed 66-cycle both d1d_{1} and d2d_{2} are points of s1s_{1} that are collinear with d3d_{3} (since the cycle gives paths d3−s3−d1d_{3}-s_{3}-d_{1} and d3−s2−d2d_{3}-s_{2}-d_{2}), contradicting uniqueness. Hence no 66-cycle exists.

With 44- and 66-cycles excluded, the smallest possible even cycle length is 88 and we can see that there is 8-cycle.

Let x,yx,y be arbitrary vertices of Γ\Gamma. We must show there is a path of length at most 44 joining xx to yy. Since Γ\Gamma is bipartite, distances between vertices in the same part are even and between opposite parts are odd; it therefore suffices to show that any two vertices of the same part are at graph-distance at most 44 (this will imply the worst-case distance between arbitrary vertices is at most 44).

Case A: x,yx,y are in different parts. Then either xx is adjacent to yy (distance 11), or else there exists a neighbor zz of xx that is adjacent to yy giving a path of length 33 at most. In fact if xx is a duad and yy a syntheme not incident to xx, take any syntheme through xx; there is a unique duad on that syntheme collinear with yy, and that furnishes a path of length 33. Thus distance between opposite parts is at most 33.

Case B: x,yx,y lie in the same part. Without loss of generality assume x,y∈Dx,y\in D (duads). If xx and yy are both contained in a common syntheme then dist⁡(x,y)=2\operatorname{dist}(x,y)=2. Otherwise they are not collinear in the incidence structure; pick any syntheme ss incident with xx. Then there is a unique duad z∈sz\in s which is collinear with yy. Hence we have the path

where s′s^{\prime} is some syntheme containing both zz and yy (such s′s^{\prime} exists because zz and yy are collinear). This is a path of length 44 from xx to yy. Thus any two duads are at distance at most 44. The same argument applies when x,y∈Sx,y\in S (synthemes): if two synthemes are not adjacent, pick a duad on one and then we can find the unique duad to approach the other; this produces a length-44 path.

Combining the two cases we see every pair of vertices is at distance ≤4\leq 4, while examples of vertex pairs at distance exactly 44 exist (e.g. certain pairs of duads that intersect), so the diameter is exactly 44.

Therefore the Tutte–Coxeter graph Γ\Gamma has girth 88 and diameter 44, as required. ∎

5 The Fano Plane and the Coxeter Graph

Formally, it is an incidence structure (P,L)(\mathcal{P},\mathcal{L}) where:

P={1,2,3,4,5,6,7}\mathcal{P}=\{1,2,3,4,5,6,7\} is a set of 7 points.

L\mathcal{L} is a collection of 7 lines, each a 3-element subset of P\mathcal{P}.

The incidence relation must satisfy the following axioms:

Any two distinct points lie on exactly one line.

Any two distinct lines intersect in exactly one point.

Each line contains exactly 3 points, and through each point pass exactly 3 lines.

A standard labeling satisfying these axioms is:

This structure can be visually represented by a diagram where points are dots and lines are smooth curves (often circles), with each line containing three points.

The lines are the 2-dimensional subspaces of VV. A 2-dimensional subspace contains (22−1)=3(2^{2}-1)=3 nonzero vectors, which are exactly the three nonzero vectors of the two 1-dimensional subspaces it contains. This explains why each line has 3 points.

Incidence is defined by containment: a point (1-subspace) lies on a line (2-subspace) if and only if the 1-subspace is contained in the 2-subspace.

This construction directly implies that the automorphisms of the Fano plane are induced by the linear symmetries of VV.

Automorphism Group

Thus, the automorphism group of the Fano plane is a simple group of order 168. ∎

The Coxeter Graph

The Coxeter graph is a famous 3-regular (cubic) graph with 28 vertices and 42 edges. It is known for its high symmetry and interesting properties.

This construction is crucial for understanding the graph’s automorphisms.

Let K(7,3)K(7,3) be the Kneser graph whose vertices are all 3-element subsets of a 7-element set P\mathcal{P} (the points of the Fano plane). Two vertices are adjacent if their corresponding subsets are disjoint. K(7,3)K(7,3) has (73)=35\binom{7}{3}=35 vertices.

Let L\mathcal{L} be the set of 7 subsets that are lines of the Fano plane. It is a set of 7 triples that Each pair of them has exactly one point in common.

Let T=(P3)∖L\mathcal{T}=\binom{\mathcal{P}}{3}\setminus\mathcal{L} be the set of 28 remaining 3-element subsets.

The Coxeter graph Γ\Gamma is defined as the induced subgraph of K(7,3)K(7,3) on the vertex set T\mathcal{T}. Two vertices in Γ\Gamma are adjacent if and only if their corresponding triples are disjoint.

Key Properties: Girth is 7 and Diameter is 4

No triangles (3-cycles) exist. Suppose p,p′,p′′p,p^{\prime},p^{\prime\prime} formed a 3-cycle. Then by adjacency, fano plane should have 9 points a contradiction.

Suppose a 4-cycle exists: T1∼T2∼T3∼T4∼T1T_{1}\sim T_{2}\sim T_{3}\sim T_{4}\sim T_{1}, so that each consecutive pair is disjoint.

- Let T1∩T3T_{1}\cap T_{3} and T2∩T4T_{2}\cap T_{4} be examined. - Each triple has size 3, and consecutive triples are disjoint. Counting distinct points along the 4-cycle leads to at least 88 points, but P\mathcal{P} has only 7 points. - Therefore, a 4-cycle is impossible.

Similarly, consider a hypothetical 5-cycle. Let T1,…,T5T_{1},\dots,T_{5} be the vertices.

- Consecutive triples are disjoint. - Counting points: each new triple adds at least one new point, but the total would exceed 7 points before closing the cycle. - Hence no 5-cycles exist.

The same argument works for a 6-cycle: consecutive disjoint triples would require 6×3/2≥96\times 3/2\geq 9 points (using overlaps carefully), again exceeding 7 points.

The Anti-Flag Construction and Automorphisms of the Coxeter Graph

Let P\mathcal{P} be the set of 77 points of the Fano plane, and L\mathcal{L} the set of its 77 lines. Denote by

the set of 2828 triples that are not lines of the Fano plane. The Coxeter graph Γ\Gamma is the induced subgraph of the Kneser graph K(7,3)K(7,3) on the vertex set T\mathcal{T}, where two triples T,T′∈TT,T^{\prime}\in\mathcal{T} are adjacent if and only if they are disjoint:

which is indeed a 33-element non-line triple. Thus the vertices of Γ\Gamma can be identified with the 2828 anti-flags of the Fano plane.

Adjacency is inherited from the triple model:

Automorphisms

The automorphism group of the Fano plane is

of order 168168. Each automorphism σ\sigma preserves incidence, so it acts naturally on anti-flags by

Therefore, every automorphism of the Fano plane induces a graph automorphism of Γ\Gamma, giving

Example

6 The Heawood Graph

The Heawood graph HH is the bipartite Levi (incidence) graph of the Fano plane:

The Heawood graph HH has girth 6 and diameter 3.

The full automorphism group of the Heawood graph HH is

Step 1: Collineations of the Fano plane give automorphisms of HH. The Heawood graph HH is the Levi graph of the Fano plane: its vertices are the 7 points together with the 7 lines, and adjacency means incidence in the Fano plane. Thus, any incidence-preserving permutation (collineation) of the Fano plane induces a permutation of the 14 vertices of HH that preserves adjacency. Therefore every collineation is a graph automorphism.

Step 3: Duality (polarity) of the Fano plane. The Fano plane is self-dual: there exists a bijection (called a polarity) that sends points to lines and lines to points, and preserves incidence. Applying such a polarity gives a permutation of the 14 vertices of HH that interchanges the two bipartite halves. This is again a graph automorphism.

Conjugating the 168 collineations by a polarity produces another 168 automorphisms, and together they form a group of size 168⋅2=336168\cdot 2=336.

Step 4: No further automorphisms. It remains to argue that Aut⁡(H)\operatorname{Aut}(H) cannot be larger. - First, note that the bipartition of HH (points vs. lines) is not preserved by every automorphism (because of the polarity), but the set of all 14 vertices is partitioned into two equal orbits under Aut⁡(H)\operatorname{Aut}(H). - The adjacency structure of HH uniquely encodes the incidence relation of the Fano plane. Hence any graph automorphism must send points to points or lines (via the polarity), and lines accordingly, so all graph automorphisms arise from collineations and possibly a polarity.

Thus, Aut⁡(H)\operatorname{Aut}(H) consists exactly of the 168168 collineations and their images under polarity, i.e. a group of size 336336.

Summary and Comparison

There is a clear link between the three objects: the Fano plane’s geometry gives rise to both the Heawood and Coxeter graphs, which share the same automorphism group. We note that a (k,g)(k,g)-cage is a regular graph of degree kk and girth gg with the smallest possible number of vertices.

Definition

An ss-arc in a graph Γ\Gamma is an ordered sequence of distinct vertices

such that vi−1v_{i-1} is adjacent to viv_{i} for all 1≤i≤s1\leq i\leq s, and vi−1≠vi+1v_{i-1}\neq v_{i+1} for all 1≤i≤s−11\leq i\leq s-1 (that is, the path does not immediately retrace an edge).

A graph Γ\Gamma is ss-arc-transitive if Aut⁡(Γ)\operatorname{Aut}(\Gamma) acts transitively on the set of all ss-arcs (i.e. for any two ss-arcs there exists an automorphism sending one ordered ss-arc to the other).

Exercises

Show that the generalized Johnson graph J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i), the Heawood graph, the Coxeter graph, CnC_{n}, and the Tutte–Coxeter graph are arc-transitive.

Show that the Petersen graph is 22-arc-transitive and 33-arc-transitive, but not 44-arc-transitive. What about the CnC_{n}? is it 2-arc transitive?

7 Hoffman-Singleton Graph

The Hoffman-Singleton (HS) graph is the unique (7,5)(7,5)-cage: the smallest graph with maximum degree 77 and girth 55. It has 5050 vertices and is 77-regular. Here we present a combinatorial construction of this graph using the structure of the 77-element set and its associated heptads. Let Ω={1,2,3,4,5,6,7}\Omega=\{1,2,3,4,5,6,7\}.

A triple is a 33-element subset of Ω\Omega. A set of triples is concurrent if there is some point common to them all, and the intersection of any two of them is this common point. A triad is a set of three concurrent triples

A heptad is a set HH of 77 triples of Ω\Omega with the following properties:

every point of Ω\Omega occurs in exactly 33 triples of the set, and

any two triples intersect in exactly one point.

Each point x∈Ωx\in\Omega lies in 1515 triads, and there are exactly 105105 triads in total.

Fix a point x∈Ωx\in\Omega. A triad through xx consists of three triples {x,a,b},{x,c,d},{x,e,f}\{x,a,b\},\{x,c,d\},\{x,e,f\} where the remaining six elements {a,b,c,d,e,f}=Ω∖{x}\{a,b,c,d,e,f\}=\Omega\setminus\{x\} are partitioned into three unordered pairs. The number of such partitions is 15. Since there are 7 points, the total number of triads is 7⋅15=1057\cdot 15=105. ∎

Each triad is contained in exactly 22 heptads.

Fix a triad T={ 1ab, 1cd, 1ef }T=\{\,1ab,\,1cd,\,1ef\,\}. Consider any heptad HH containing TT. The remaining four triples cannot involve 11, so they lie in {a,b,c,d,e,f}\{a,b,c,d,e,f\}. Each of the six elements must occur exactly twice in the remaining triples.

To satisfy the heptad conditions (each pair of triples intersects in exactly one point), each of the four remaining triples picks exactly one element from each pair {a,b},{c,d},{e,f}\{a,b\},\{c,d\},\{e,f\}. There are exactly two such choices:

Thus there are exactly two heptads containing the triad TT. ∎

By Lemma 1.7.1, there are 105105 triads. By Lemma 1.7.2, each triad is contained in exactly 22 heptads. Hence the total number of triad–heptad incidences is 105⋅2=210105\cdot 2=210.

Each heptad contains exactly 77 triads. Denote the total number of heptads by HH. Then

Every triple of nn lies in exactly 66 heptads in total.

For each triple tt, exactly 33 of those heptads lie in O1\mathcal{O}_{1} and 33 lie in O2\mathcal{O}_{2}.

Any two distinct heptads in the same orbit intersect in exactly one triple.

(1) Total incidence count. Each heptad contains exactly 77 triples, and there are 3030 heptads altogether. Counting incidences (heptad, triple) gives

There are (73)=35\binom{7}{3}=35 triples in total, so by averaging each triple occurs in

For a fixed triple tt let ata_{t} be the number of heptads in O1\mathcal{O}_{1} that contain tt. Then

So each triple occurs in exactly 33 heptads of O1\mathcal{O}_{1}. By the same argument for O2\mathcal{O}_{2}, each triple occurs in exactly 33 heptads of O2\mathcal{O}_{2}. Combining with (1) yields the 3+3=63+3=6 split, proving (2).

(3) Intersection size within an orbit. Fix one orbit, say O1\mathcal{O}_{1}, and fix a heptad H∈O1H\in\mathcal{O}_{1}. For each triple t∈Ht\in H, we just showed tt lies in exactly 33 heptads of O1\mathcal{O}_{1}, so besides HH there are exactly 22 other heptads of O1\mathcal{O}_{1} that contain tt. Thus the number of ordered pairs

Hence r=1r=1, i.e. any two distinct heptads in the same orbit intersect in exactly one triple. This proves (3). ∎

We now construct the Hoffman–Singleton graph (HS graph):

a heptad H∈O1H\in\mathcal{O}_{1} is adjacent to a triple tt iff t∈Ht\in H;

two distinct triples t,t′t,t^{\prime} are adjacent iff t∩t′=∅t\cap t^{\prime}=\varnothing;

no two heptads in O1\mathcal{O}_{1} are adjacent.

Then GG has 5050 vertices, is 77-regular, and has diameter 22; hence it is the Hoffman–Singleton graph.

(Vertex count:) By construction ∣V∣=35+15=50|V|=35+15=50.

If H∈O1H\in\mathcal{O}_{1} is a heptad, it contains exactly 77 triples, so by (R1) deg⁡(H)=7\deg(H)=7.

If tt is a triple (a 3-subset), count its neighbors. (i) Triples disjoint from tt: since tt uses 33 points, the complement has 44 points, and there are (43)=4\binom{4}{3}=4 triples disjoint from tt. Each of those is adjacent to tt by (R2). (ii) Heptads in O1\mathcal{O}_{1} containing tt: by the incidence count shown earlier every triple lies in exactly 33 heptads of O1\mathcal{O}_{1}. Each such heptad is adjacent to tt by (R1). Therefore

Thus every vertex (triple or heptad) has degree 77.

We consider the three types of unordered pairs of vertices and show in each case there is a path of length at most 22 between them.

Let H0={123,145,167,246,257,347,356}∈O1H_{0}=\{123,145,167,246,257,347,356\}\in\mathcal{O}_{1} be the canonical heptad. Then there exists a heptad H∗∈O1H^{\ast}\in\mathcal{O}_{1}, H∗≠H0H^{\ast}\neq H_{0}, such that

Consider the point 2∈Ω={1,…,7}2\in\Omega=\{1,\dots,7\} and the triad of three triples through 22:

We have H′≠H0H^{\prime}\neq H_{0} because H0H_{0} does not contain the triple 267267. By Lemma 1.7.4, any two distinct heptads in O1\mathcal{O}_{1} intersect in exactly one triple. Since both H0H_{0} and H′H^{\prime} contain 123123, we conclude H0∩H′={123}H_{0}\cap H^{\prime}=\{123\}.

Setting H∗:=H′H^{\ast}:=H^{\prime} yields the desired heptad. As a concrete example, one may take

The Hoffman–Singleton graph GG has girth 55, and hence is a (7,5)(7,5)-cage.

No 33-cycles. Consider a putative triangle. The types of its vertices (heptad or triple) yield four possibilities:

Two heptads and one triple. If H1∼t∼H2H_{1}\sim t\sim H_{2} then t∈H1∩H2t\in H_{1}\cap H_{2}, but two distinct heptads in the same orbit meet in exactly one triple, and heptads are not adjacent, so the triangle cannot close.

One heptad and two triples. If H∼t∼t′H\sim t\sim t^{\prime} with H∼t′H\sim t^{\prime} then t,t′∈Ht,t^{\prime}\in H, but any two triples inside a heptad meet in exactly one point and so are not disjoint; thus t≁t′t\not\sim t^{\prime}, a contradiction.

Three triples. Pairwise adjacency would force them to be pairwise disjoint 3-subsets of Ω\Omega, which would require 99 distinct points, impossible since ∣Ω∣=7|\Omega|=7.

No 44-cycles. Let v1−v2−v3−v4−v1v_{1}-v_{2}-v_{3}-v_{4}-v_{1} be a 4-cycle and consider types. Any pattern with two adjacent heptads is ruled out by (R3). The alternating pattern heptad–triple–heptad–triple would force two distinct heptads in the same orbit to share two triples, contradicting the fact that they intersect in exactly one triple. Four triples cannot realize the necessary disjointness pattern on only seven points (a short counting/finite-check argument), so no 4-cycle exists.

A 55-cycle exists. To show the girth is exactly 55 it suffices to give one explicit 55-cycle. Take the canonical heptad

By lemma 1.7.5 there exists a heptad H∗∈O1H^{\ast}\in\mathcal{O}_{1}, H∗≠H0H^{\ast}\neq H_{0}, with

For concreteness, one such choice (obtained by an explicit finite search) is

v1=H0v_{1}=H_{0} is adjacent to v2=145v_{2}=145 since 145∈H0145\in H_{0} by (R1).

v2=145v_{2}=145 is adjacent to v3=267v_{3}=267 since 145∩267=∅145\cap 267=\varnothing by (R2).

v3=267v_{3}=267 is adjacent to v4=H∗v_{4}=H^{\ast} since 267∈H∗267\in H^{\ast} by (R1).

v4=H∗v_{4}=H^{\ast} is adjacent to v5=123v_{5}=123 since 123∈H∗123\in H^{\ast} by (R1).

v5=123v_{5}=123 is adjacent to v1=H0v_{1}=H_{0} since 123∈H0123\in H_{0} by (R1).

Hence v1→v2→v3→v4→v5→v1v_{1}\to v_{2}\to v_{3}\to v_{4}\to v_{5}\to v_{1} is a 55-cycle in GG.

A graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E) is called Hamiltonian if it contains a cycle that visits every vertex in VV exactly once and returns to the starting vertex. Such a cycle is called a Hamiltonian cycle.

A Hamiltonian path in a graph GG is a path that visits every vertex exactly once, but does not necessarily return to the starting vertex.

Hoffman–Singleton, Heawood, and Tutte–Coxeter graphs are Hamiltonian.

Coxeter graph is non-Hamiltonian despite being cubic and symmetric, but does have a Hamiltonian path( find its hamiltonian path).

The Petersen graph is non-Hamiltonian, but does have Hamiltonian paths, so you can traverse all vertices without returning to the start.

Exercise[Moore Graphs and Vertex Bounds] Let GG be a graph with valency kk and girth gg.

Suppose GG has odd girth g=2d+1g=2d+1. Show that the number of vertices satisfies

Suppose GG has even girth g=2dg=2d. Show that the number of vertices satisfies

A graph attaining the below equality bounds is called a Moore graph,

Moore graphs are extremely rare. Examples include:

For diameter 11, they are complete graphs Kk+1K_{k+1}.

For diameter 22, the known Moore graphs are:

the Hoffman–Singleton graph (degree 77).

It is an open problem whether a Moore graph of diameter 22 and degree 5757 exists.

Let GG be a Moore graph of degree dd and diameter kk; that is,

Show that GG is a (d,g)(d,g)-cage with g=2k+1g=2k+1; in other words, show that the girth of GG equals 2k+12k+1 and that any dd-regular graph of girth 2k+12k+1 has at least M(d,k)M(d,k) vertices.

Remark: No Moore graph exists with even girth g=2d≥4g=2d\geq 4.

Show that a heptad is a set HH of seven triples (3-subsets) of n={1,…,7}n=\{1,\dots,7\} such that

any two distinct triples of HH meet in exactly one point, and

there is no point contained in all seven triples.

(We should show that if HH satisfies the two conditions above, then each point of nn occurs in exactly three triples of HH. Conversely, if each point occurs in exactly three triples and any two triples meet in exactly one point, then no point is contained in all seven triples.

Let rir_{i} denote the number of triples of HH containing point i∈ni\in n. Since HH has seven triples, each of size 33, we have

Because any two triples meet in exactly one point, the number of unordered pairs of triples is

and each such pair contributes exactly one intersection point. Counting these pairs by points gives

Now (r2)=r(r−1)2\binom{r}{2}=\frac{r(r-1)}{2} is a convex function of rr for r≥0r\geq 0. With ∑iri=21\sum_{i}r_{i}=21, Jensen’s (or Cauchy’s) inequality yields

with equality if and only if all rir_{i} are equal. Since equality holds, we must have r1=⋯=r7=3r_{1}=\cdots=r_{7}=3. In particular, no point lies in all seven triples, so condition (2) is automatic.

Conversely, if each point occurs in exactly three triples (so ∑ri=21\sum r_{i}=21 and all ri=3r_{i}=3), then

so each pair of triples can meet in at most one point, and the count forces them to meet in exactly one point. Also, ri=3<7r_{i}=3<7 for all ii, so no point lies in all seven triples.)

(Fix a root vertex r∈V(G)r\in V(G) and for i=0,1,…,ki=0,1,\dots,k let

Because GG attains the Moore bound, the breadth-first layers from rr have the maximal possible sizes:

so the BFS tree from rr is a perfect dd-ary tree truncated at depth kk.

No short edges between distant levels. For 0≤i<k0\leq i<k a vertex in LiL_{i} has one neighbor in Li−1L_{i-1} (its parent in the BFS tree) and exactly d−1d-1 neighbors that lie in Li+1L_{i+1} (its children). Hence such a vertex has no neighbors in any level LjL_{j} with j≤i−2j\leq i-2 and no neighbors inside LiL_{i}. Consequently every edge of GG either joins LiL_{i} to Li+1L_{i+1} for some i<ki<k or lies inside LkL_{k}.

Lower bound on girth. The previous paragraph shows that a cycle cannot be contained entirely in levels L0,…,Lk−1L_{0},\dots,L_{k-1}, nor can it use edges joining levels that differ by ≥2\geq 2. It follows that every cycle has length at least 2k+12k+1; hence the girth gg satisfies g≥2k+1g\geq 2k+1.

Existence of a (2k+1)(2k+1)-cycle. If there are two adjacent vertices u,v∈Lku,v\in L_{k}, then the unique shortest paths PuP_{u} and PvP_{v} from rr to uu and vv (each of length kk) share only the vertex rr. Indeed, if they shared some vertex other than rr then the BFS-layer sizes would be smaller than required. Therefore the edge uvuv together with PuP_{u} and PvP_{v} forms a cycle of length k+k+1=2k+1k+k+1=2k+1. Thus g≤2k+1g\leq 2k+1.

Combining the two inequalities yields g=2k+1g=2k+1.

Minimality (cage property). Let HH be any dd-regular graph with girth 2k+12k+1. Choose a vertex x∈V(H)x\in V(H) and explore its neighborhood by breadth-first search up to radius kk. Because the ball of radius kk around xx cannot contain a cycle (otherwise there would be a cycle of length ≤2k\leq 2k), the ball is a tree and therefore contains at least

vertices. Hence ∣V(H)∣≥M(d,k)|V(H)|\geq M(d,k). Since our Moore graph GG has exactly M(d,k)M(d,k) vertices, it has the minimum possible number of vertices among all dd-regular graphs of girth 2k+12k+1; i.e. GG is a (d,2k+1)(d,2k+1)-cage.

Petersen Subgraph inside the Hoffman–Singleton Graph

We use SageMath to search for and visualize a Petersen subgraph inside the Hoffman–Singleton graph.

8 Hypercube graphs

The nn-dimensional hypercube graph QnQ_{n} has vertex set

the set of all binary nn-tuples. Two vertices are adjacent if and only if they differ in exactly one coordinate.

Q1Q_{1} is just a single edge between and 11.

Each QnQ_{n} is nn-regular and has 2n2^{n} vertices.

000<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mn>100</mn></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">100</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:0.6444em;"></span><spanclass="mord">100</span></span></span></span></span>110<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mn>010</mn></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">010</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:0.6444em;"></span><spanclass="mord">010</span></span></span></span></span>001<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><mn>101</mn></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">101</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:0.6444em;"></span><spanclass="mord">101</span></span></span></span></span>111000<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mn>100</mn></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">100</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:0.6444em;"></span><span class="mord">100</span></span></span></span></span>110<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mn>010</mn></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">010</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:0.6444em;"></span><span class="mord">010</span></span></span></span></span>001<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><mn>101</mn></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">101</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:0.6444em;"></span><span class="mord">101</span></span></span></span></span>111011011 The symmetries of QnQ_{n} form the hyperoctahedral group: these are all the transformations you get by:

translating every vertex by the same binary vector (bitwise XOR),

We now state and prove the precise structure.

Step 1: Building the obvious automorphisms.

For any permutation π∈Sn\pi\in S_{n}, define

Translations and coordinate permutations interact via

Step 2: Every automorphism is of this form.

If g(0)=vg(0)=v, compose with the translation τv\tau_{v} to get g′=τv∘gg^{\prime}=\tau_{v}\circ g which fixes . So it suffices to consider automorphisms fixing .

But every vertex of QnQ_{n} is the XOR of certain eie_{i}’s. Since an automorphism preserves adjacency, fixing and all eie_{i} forces it to fix all vertices. Therefore h=σπh=\sigma_{\pi}.

9 Line graphs

The line graph of a graph XX, denoted L(X)L(X), is the graph whose vertex set is E(X)E(X), the set of edges of XX, with two vertices of L(X)L(X) adjacent if and only if the corresponding edges of XX are incident in XX.

The star K1,nK_{1,n} has line graph KnK_{n} (all nn edges meet at the center).

The path PnP_{n} has line graph Pn−1P_{n-1}.

The cycle CnC_{n} is isomorphic to its own line graph.

The Petersen graph PP is (isomorphic to) the complement of the line graph L(K5)L(K_{5}).

Let K5K_{5} be the complete graph on vertex set ={1,2,3,4,5}=\{1,2,3,4,5\}. Denote by E(K5)E(K_{5}) the set of its edges. Recall:

The line graph L(K5)L(K_{5}) has vertex set V(L(K5))=E(K5)V(L(K_{5}))=E(K_{5}), and two vertices of L(K5)L(K_{5}) are adjacent exactly when the corresponding edges of K5K_{5} share a common endpoint.

The complement L(K5)‾\overline{L(K_{5})} has the same vertex set E(K5)E(K_{5}), and two vertices are adjacent in L(K5)‾\overline{L(K_{5})} exactly when the corresponding edges of K5K_{5} are disjoint.

Identify each edge of K5K_{5} with the 22-element subset of $$ that it determines. Then

and adjacency in L(K5)‾\overline{L(K_{5})} is given by

But this is exactly the definition of the Kneser graph K(5,2)K(5,2): its vertices are the 22-subsets of a 55-set, with two vertices adjacent iff they are disjoint. It is well-known (and elementary to check) that K(5,2)K(5,2) is the Petersen graph PP. Concretely:

∣(2)∣=(52)=10|\binom{}{2}|=\binom{5}{2}=10, the Petersen graph has 1010 vertices.

For a given 22-subset {i,j}\{i,j\} there are exactly (32)=3\binom{3}{2}=3 disjoint 22-subsets, so L(K5)‾\overline{L(K_{5})} is 33-regular; the Petersen graph is cubic.

The adjacency rule (disjointness of 22-subsets) matches the standard Petersen construction.

Therefore L(K5)‾≅K(5,2)≅P\overline{L(K_{5})}\cong K(5,2)\cong P, as required. ∎

If XX is a connected graph with ∣V(X)∣≥5|V(X)|\geq 5, then

Since K5K_{5} has automorphism group S5S_{5} and PP is the complement of L(K5)L(K_{5}), it follows that

Let GG and HH be graphs. The Cartesian product G□HG\square H is the graph with vertex set

and where two vertices (g,h)(g,h) and (g′,h′)(g^{\prime},h^{\prime}) are adjacent if and only if:

g=g′g=g^{\prime} and hh′∈E(H)hh^{\prime}\in E(H), or

h=h′h=h^{\prime} and gg′∈E(G)gg^{\prime}\in E(G).

The nn-dimensional hypercube QnQ_{n} is the Cartesian product of nn copies of K2K_{2}, i.e.,

Consider the Cartesian product K2□K2□⋯□K2K_{2}\square K_{2}\square\cdots\square K_{2} (nn times). Its vertex set consists of all nn-tuples (x1,…,xn)(x_{1},\dots,x_{n}) with xi∈{0,1}x_{i}\in\{0,1\}. Two vertices (x1,…,xn)(x_{1},\dots,x_{n}) and (y1,…,yn)(y_{1},\dots,y_{n}) are adjacent if and only if they differ in exactly one coordinate.

This adjacency condition is exactly the adjacency rule for QnQ_{n}, so the graphs are isomorphic:

Given graphs X1,X2,…,XrX_{1},X_{2},\dots,X_{r}, their disjoint union is the graph

whose vertex set is the disjoint union of the vertex sets V(X1)⊔⋯⊔V(Xr)V(X_{1})\sqcup\cdots\sqcup V(X_{r}), and whose edge set is the disjoint union of the edge sets E(X1)⊔⋯⊔E(Xr)E(X_{1})\sqcup\cdots\sqcup E(X_{r}). In other words, the graphs XiX_{i} appear as disconnected components in the disjoint union.

Let X1,X2,…,XrX_{1},X_{2},\dots,X_{r} be connected graphs such that none of the XiX_{i} can be expressed as a Cartesian product of two smaller nontrivial graphs (i.e., each XiX_{i} is prime with respect to the Cartesian product).

Then the automorphism group of the Cartesian product

is isomorphic to the automorphism group of the disjoint union

Let QnQ_{n} be the nn-dimensional hypercube. Then

Since Qn≅nK2Q_{n}\cong nK_{2} and K2K_{2} is prime with respect to the Cartesian product, the theorem on automorphisms of Cartesian products implies that

10 Frucht’s Theorem

Let G={g1,…,gn}G=\{g_{1},\dots,g_{n}\} be a finite group. Construct a colored digraph DD with vertices corresponding to the elements of GG such that gig_{i} is joined to gjg_{j} by a directed edge of color kk if gigj−1=gkg_{i}g_{j}^{-1}=g_{k}. The automorphism group of DD is isomorphic to GG.

The right multiplication by any fixed group element g∈Gg\in G, i.e., the mapping

is an automorphism of DD. Indeed, if gig_{i} is joined to gjg_{j} by an edge of color kk (i.e., gigj−1=gkg_{i}g_{j}^{-1}=g_{k}), then

so gigg_{i}g is joined to gjgg_{j}g by an edge of the same color kk.

Conversely, let aa be any automorphism of DD and set g=a(1)g=a(1). We claim that gig=a(gi)g_{i}g=a(g_{i}) for all ii.

- Since (gig)g−1=gi(g_{i}g)g^{-1}=g_{i}, gigg_{i}g is joined to gg by an edge of color ii, and gig_{i} is the only point with this property. - By definition, gig_{i} is joined to 11 by an edge of color ii, and since aa is an automorphism, a(gi)a(g_{i}) is joined to a(1)=ga(1)=g by an edge of color ii. - Hence, a(gi)=giga(g_{i})=g_{i}g.

It is easy to see that multiplication of elements in GG corresponds exactly to composition of the corresponding automorphisms. Therefore,

(Frucht, 1939) For any finite group GG, there exists a simple graph XX such that

1. If gi,gj∈V(D)g_{i},g_{j}\in V(D) are joined by an edge of color kk, replace it by a path of length k+2k+2, with paths of length 1 attached to each inner vertex, except for the inner vertex next to gjg_{j}, where we attach a path of length 2 (see Figure below). 2. Repeat this for every pair (gi,gj)(g_{i},g_{j}), then remove all directed edges. Denote the resulting graph by XX.

Thus, if gig_{i} is connected to gjg_{j} by an edge of color kk, then so is a(gi)a(g_{i}) to a(gj)a(g_{j}). Hence, aa yields an automorphism of DD, and the correspondence is bijective.

A graph is called asymmetric if it has no nontrivial automorphisms, i.e., the only automorphism is the identity.

Consider the graph GG with vertex set V={1,2,3,4,5,6}V=\{1,2,3,4,5,6\} and edges

123456 This graph is asymmetric, meaning it has no nontrivial automorphisms.

Reason: Each vertex has a unique adjacency pattern:

Vertex 1 has degree 1 and is only connected to vertex 2.

Vertex 6 has degree 1 and is only connected to vertex 5.

Vertex 2 has degree 3, connected to vertices 1, 3, and 4.

Vertex 4 has degree 2, connected to vertices 2 and 3.

Vertex 3 has degree 3, connected to vertices 2, 4, and 5.

Vertex 5 has degree 2, connected to vertices 3 and 6.

For every integer n≥6n\geq 6 there exists an asymmetric simple graph on nn vertices.

We split into the base case n=6n=6 and a uniform construction for all n≥7n\geq 7.

Base case n=6n=6. Consider the graph G6G_{6} with vertex set {v1,…,v6}\{v_{1},\dots,v_{6}\} and edges

(Equivalently: a “house” graph on {v1,…,v5}\{v_{1},\dots,v_{5}\} with an extra leaf v6v_{6} attached to v2v_{2}.)

v1<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><msub><mi>v</mi><mn>2</mn></msub></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">v2</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:0.5806em;vertical−align:−0.15em;"></span><spanclass="mord"><spanclass="mordmathnormal"style="margin−right:0.0359em;">v</span><spanclass="msupsub"><spanclass="vlist−tvlist−t2"><spanclass="vlist−r"><spanclass="vlist"style="height:0.3011em;"><spanstyle="top:−2.55em;margin−left:−0.0359em;margin−right:0.05em;"><spanclass="pstrut"style="height:2.7em;"></span><spanclass="sizingreset−size6size3mtight"><spanclass="mordmtight"><spanclass="mordmtight">2</span></span></span></span></span><spanclass="vlist−s">​</span></span><spanclass="vlist−r"><spanclass="vlist"style="height:0.15em;"><span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span>v3<spanclass="katex−display"><spanclass="katex"><spanclass="katex−mathml"><mathxmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"display="block"><semantics><mrow><msub><mi>v</mi><mn>4</mn></msub></mrow><annotationencoding="application/x−tex">v4</annotation></semantics></math></span><spanclass="katex−html"aria−hidden="true"><spanclass="base"><spanclass="strut"style="height:0.5806em;vertical−align:−0.15em;"></span><spanclass="mord"><spanclass="mordmathnormal"style="margin−right:0.0359em;">v</span><spanclass="msupsub"><spanclass="vlist−tvlist−t2"><spanclass="vlist−r"><spanclass="vlist"style="height:0.3011em;"><spanstyle="top:−2.55em;margin−left:−0.0359em;margin−right:0.05em;"><spanclass="pstrut"style="height:2.7em;"></span><spanclass="sizingreset−size6size3mtight"><spanclass="mordmtight"><spanclass="mordmtight">4</span></span></span></span></span><spanclass="vlist−s">​</span></span><spanclass="vlist−r"><spanclass="vlist"style="height:0.15em;"><span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span>v5v_{1}<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><msub><mi>v</mi><mn>2</mn></msub></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">v_{2}</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:0.5806em;vertical-align:-0.15em;"></span><span class="mord"><span class="mord mathnormal" style="margin-right:0.0359em;">v</span><span class="msupsub"><span class="vlist-t vlist-t2"><span class="vlist-r"><span class="vlist" style="height:0.3011em;"><span style="top:-2.55em;margin-left:-0.0359em;margin-right:0.05em;"><span class="pstrut" style="height:2.7em;"></span><span class="sizing reset-size6 size3 mtight"><span class="mord mtight"><span class="mord mtight">2</span></span></span></span></span><span class="vlist-s">​</span></span><span class="vlist-r"><span class="vlist" style="height:0.15em;"><span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span>v_{3}<span class="katex-display"><span class="katex"><span class="katex-mathml"><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="block"><semantics><mrow><msub><mi>v</mi><mn>4</mn></msub></mrow><annotation encoding="application/x-tex">v_{4}</annotation></semantics></math></span><span class="katex-html" aria-hidden="true"><span class="base"><span class="strut" style="height:0.5806em;vertical-align:-0.15em;"></span><span class="mord"><span class="mord mathnormal" style="margin-right:0.0359em;">v</span><span class="msupsub"><span class="vlist-t vlist-t2"><span class="vlist-r"><span class="vlist" style="height:0.3011em;"><span style="top:-2.55em;margin-left:-0.0359em;margin-right:0.05em;"><span class="pstrut" style="height:2.7em;"></span><span class="sizing reset-size6 size3 mtight"><span class="mord mtight"><span class="mord mtight">4</span></span></span></span></span><span class="vlist-s">​</span></span><span class="vlist-r"><span class="vlist" style="height:0.15em;"><span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span>v_{5}v6v_{6} Any automorphism fixes v2,v3,v6v_{2},v_{3},v_{6}. Among the degree-22 vertices, v5v_{5} is uniquely characterized as the only degree-22 vertex that lies on a triangle (v2v5v3v_{2}v_{5}v_{3}), so v5v_{5} is fixed. The remaining degree-22 vertices are v1v_{1} and v4v_{4}, and they are distinguished by their distances to v6v_{6}:

All n≥7n\geq 7. We construct an asymmetric tree TnT_{n} on nn vertices. Let uu be a new vertex. Attach to uu three internally-disjoint paths of distinct lengths 1,2,1,2, and n−4n-4, all meeting at uu and otherwise disjoint. (So the total number of vertices is 1+(1+2+(n−4))=n1+(1+2+(n-4))=n, and the three branches have different lengths because n−4≥3n-4\geq 3.)

Combining the base case n=6n=6 with the tree construction for all n≥7n\geq 7 proves the claim. ∎

(Frucht’s theorem, challenge) Every finite group is the automorphism group of some 33-regular graph. State it and read about the Frucht graph as an example.

is also a square. Hence, μa\mu_{a} is an automorphism. The set of all such μa\mu_{a} forms a group of order (q−1)/2(q-1)/2.

If x∼yx\sim y, then x−yx-y is a square, and

is still a square because field automorphisms preserve multiplicative structure. Therefore, σ\sigma is an automorphism of P(q)P(q).

Combining the above, any automorphism of the form

preserves adjacency. These form the group

where the semidirect product ⋊\rtimes encodes that the Galois automorphisms act on both the additive and multiplicative parts. ).

Let H(d,q)H(d,q) be the Hamming graph (vertices {0,…,q−1}d\{0,\dots,q-1\}^{d}, adjacent if they differ in exactly one coordinate). Then show that

acting by independent symbol permutations in each coordinate and by permuting coordinates.

Sage code for Paley graph:

Field automorphisms: x↦xpx\mapsto x^{p} (Frobenius map)

Hamming Graph H​(d,q)H(d,q)

where SqS_{q} acts on each coordinate and SdS_{d} permutes the coordinates.

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E) and H=(V′,E′)H=(V^{\prime},E^{\prime}) be simple graphs. A graph homomorphism is a map

such that whenever uv∈Euv\in E we have f(u)f(v)∈E′f(u)f(v)\in E^{\prime}. That is, adjacency is preserved.

An endomorphism of a graph GG is a homomorphism f:G→Gf:G\to G.

We write α(G)\alpha(G) for the independence number of GG, the size of a largest independent set in GG.

Let PP denote the Petersen graph, show that α(P)=4\alpha(P)=4, and that every independent set of size 44 is a star of the form

Show that every endomorphism of the Petersen graph PP is an automorphism.

(Hint: Identify vertices of PP with the 22-subsets of {1,2,3,4,5}\{1,2,3,4,5\}. For each t∈{1,…,5}t\in\{1,\dots,5\}, let

be the star at tt, an independent set of size 44 by Fact A.

If I⊆V(P)I\subseteq V(P) is independent then f(I)f(I) is independent, because ff preserves adjacency. Thus f(St)f(\mathcal{S}_{t}) is an independent set of size ≤4\leq 4.

Since St\mathcal{S}_{t} is maximum, ∣f(St)∣=4|f(\mathcal{S}_{t})|=4 and hence f(St)f(\mathcal{S}_{t}) is itself a star. Therefore there exists a map

For i≠ji\neq j we have Si∩Sj={{i,j}}\mathcal{S}_{i}\cap\mathcal{S}_{j}=\{\{i,j\}\}. Applying ff gives

If π(i)=π(j)\pi(i)=\pi(j) the right-hand side would have size 44, a contradiction. Thus π\pi is injective, hence a permutation of {1,…,5}\{1,\dots,5\}.

If v={i,j}v=\{i,j\} then v=Si∩Sjv=\mathcal{S}_{i}\cap\mathcal{S}_{j}, so

Hence ff is exactly the vertex map induced by the permutation π\pi.

Since π\pi is a permutation, ff is bijective and its inverse is the homomorphism induced by π−1\pi^{-1}. Therefore ff is an automorphism.)

remark: This constructive exercises show that PP is a core: every endomorphism is an automorphism.

Show that the Complete graphs KnK_{n} for n≥1n\geq 1, the Odd cycles C2k+1C_{2k+1}and the Complete bipartite graphs Km,nK_{m,n} with m≠nm\neq n and min⁡(m,n)≥2\min(m,n)\geq 2 are core. Can you give another example?

Chapter 2 Groups

In this chapter, we provide the necessary background in group theory and permutation groups that will be essential for our subsequent discussion of graph automorphisms and isomorphism problems. The theory of group actions, orbits, and stabilizers forms the foundation for understanding how symmetries operate on combinatorial structures such as graphs. We begin with basic definitions and properties of permutation groups, then develop the key results that connect group theory to graph theory, including Burnside’s lemma for counting orbits and the fundamental concepts of primitivity and orbitals. These tools will be indispensable when we analyze the automorphism groups of graphs and study graph isomorphism classes in later chapters

A group GG acting on a set VV induces several other actions. If S⊆VS\subseteq V and g∈Gg\in G, the translate SgS^{g} is again a subset of VV. Thus each element of GG determines a permutation of the subsets of VV, giving an action of GG on the power set 2V2^{V}.

More precisely, ∣Sg∣=∣S∣|S^{g}|=|S|, so for any fixed kk, the action of GG on VV induces an action on the kk-subsets of VV. Similarly, GG acts on the ordered kk-tuples of elements of VV.

Exercise Let GG act on VV. Show that GG acts on 2V2^{V} via S↦SgS\mapsto S^{g}, and on the set of kk-element subsets of VV for any fixed kk.

Suppose GG is a permutation group on VV. A subset S⊆VS\subseteq V is GG-invariant if Sg⊆SS^{g}\subseteq S for all g∈Gg\in G. If SS is invariant under GG, then each g∈Gg\in G permutes the elements of SS. Let g∣Sg|_{S} denote the restriction of gg to SS. Then the mapping

Exercise Prove that g↦g∣Sg\mapsto g|_{S} is a group homomorphism.

A permutation group GG on VV is transitive if for any x,y∈Vx,y\in V, there exists g∈Gg\in G such that xg=yx^{g}=y. A GG-invariant subset S⊆VS\subseteq V is an orbit if G∣SG|_{S} is transitive on SS.

Exercise Show that for any x∈Vx\in V, the set

The orbits of GG on VV form a partition of VV. Moreover, any GG-invariant subset is a union of orbits.

For any x,y∈Vx,y\in V, either xG=yGx^{G}=y^{G} or xG∩yG=∅x^{G}\cap y^{G}=\emptyset. If xG∩yG≠∅x^{G}\cap y^{G}\neq\emptyset, then there exist g,h∈Gg,h\in G such that xg=yhx^{g}=y^{h}. Then y=xgh−1y=x^{gh^{-1}}, so y∈xGy\in x^{G} and thus yG⊆xGy^{G}\subseteq x^{G}. Similarly, xG⊆yGx^{G}\subseteq y^{G}, so xG=yGx^{G}=y^{G}. The second statement follows from the fact that orbits are minimal GG-invariant subsets. ∎

Exercise Prove that the following are equivalent for a non-empty subset S⊆VS\subseteq V:

For any x,y∈Sx,y\in S, there exists g∈Gg\in G such that xg=yx^{g}=y

Let GG be a permutation group on VV. For x∈Vx\in V, the stabilizer of xx is

For any x∈Vx\in V, GxG_{x} is a subgroup of GG.

The identity permutation fixes xx. If g,h∈Gxg,h\in G_{x}, then xgh=(xg)h=xh=xx^{gh}=(x^{g})^{h}=x^{h}=x, so gh∈Gxgh\in G_{x}. If g∈Gxg\in G_{x}, then xg−1=(xg)g−1=xx^{g^{-1}}=(x^{g})^{g^{-1}}=x, so g−1∈Gxg^{-1}\in G_{x}. ∎

For distinct points x1,…,xr∈Vx_{1},\dots,x_{r}\in V, the pointwise stabilizer is

For S⊆VS\subseteq V, the setwise stabilizer is

Clearly, Gx1,…,xr⊆GSG_{x_{1},\dots,x_{r}}\subseteq G_{S} if S={x1,…,xr}S=\{x_{1},\dots,x_{r}\}.

Exercise Let GG act on VV and let S⊆VS\subseteq V. Prove that:

If SS is finite, then GSG_{S} is the largest subgroup of GG that leaves SS invariant as a set

GSG_{S} acts on SS and the kernel of this action is G(S):=⋂x∈SGxG_{(S)}:=\bigcap_{x\in S}G_{x}

Let GG act on VV, and let SS be an orbit. If x,y∈Sx,y\in S, the set of elements of GG mapping xx to yy is a right coset of GxG_{x}. Conversely, all elements in a right coset of GxG_{x} map xx to the same point in SS.

Since GG is transitive on SS, there exists g∈Gg\in G such that xg=yx^{g}=y. If h∈Gh\in G and xh=yx^{h}=y, then hg−1∈Gxhg^{-1}\in G_{x}, hence h∈Gxgh\in G_{x}g. Conversely, any hg∈Gxghg\in G_{x}g satisfies xhg=(xh)g=xg=yx^{hg}=(x^{h})^{g}=x^{g}=y. ∎

By Lemma 2.1.3, points of xGx^{G} correspond bijectively to the right cosets of GxG_{x}. Each coset has ∣Gx∣|G_{x}| elements, giving ∣G∣=∣xG∣⋅∣Gx∣|G|=|x^{G}|\cdot|G_{x}|. ∎

Exercise Let GG be a finite group acting on a finite set VV.

Prove that for any x∈Vx\in V, ∣xG∣|x^{G}| divides ∣G∣|G|.

If GG is transitive on VV, show that ∣V∣|V| divides ∣G∣|G|.

If GG is 22-transitive on VV, show that ∣V∣(∣V∣−1)|V|(|V|-1) divides ∣G∣|G|.

Let GG be a group acting on a set XX. Let H≤GH\leq G be a subgroup which acts transitively on XX. For any α∈X\alpha\in X let Gα={g∈G:g⋅α=α}G_{\alpha}=\{g\in G:g\cdot\alpha=\alpha\} be the stabilizer of α\alpha. Then

Equivalently, every g∈Gg\in G can be written as g=hkg=hk with h∈Hh\in H and k∈Gαk\in G_{\alpha}.

Fix α∈X\alpha\in X and let g∈Gg\in G. Since HH is transitive, there exists h∈Hh\in H with αh=αg\alpha^{h}=\alpha^{g}. Hence αh−1g=α\alpha^{h^{-1}g}=\alpha, so h−1g∈Gαh^{-1}g\in G_{\alpha}. Therefore g=h(h−1g)∈HGαg=h(h^{-1}g)\in HG_{\alpha}. Since gg was arbitrary, G⊆HGαG\subseteq HG_{\alpha}, and the reverse inclusion is trivial. ∎

Exercise If GG is finite and PP is a Sylow pp-subgroup and NN be a normal subgroup of GG containing PP, show G=NG(P)NG=N_{G}(P)N .

For g,h∈Gg,h\in G, the element g−1hgg^{-1}hg is conjugate to hh. The set of all elements conjugate to hh is called its conjugacy class. If H≤GH\leq G and g∈Gg\in G, define

Let GG act on VV, and let x∈Vx\in V. If y=xgy=x^{g} for some g∈Gg\in G, then

Step 1: Show g−1Gxg⊆Gyg^{-1}G_{x}g\subseteq G_{y}. Let h∈Gxh\in G_{x}, so xh=xx^{h}=x. Then

Step 2: Show Gy⊆g−1GxgG_{y}\subseteq g^{-1}G_{x}g. Let k∈Gyk\in G_{y}, so yk=yy^{k}=y. Then

Conclusion: Both inclusions hold, hence g−1Gxg=Gyg^{-1}G_{x}g=G_{y}. ∎

Exercise Let GG act on VV, and let x,y∈Vx,y\in V be in the same orbit.

Show that if GG is abelian, then Gx=GyG_{x}=G_{y}.

Give an example where Gx≠GyG_{x}\neq G_{y} even though xx and yy are in the same orbit.

If GG is abelian, then for any g∈Gg\in G with y=xgy=x^{g}, we have:

since conjugation is trivial in abelian groups.

Consider G=S3G=S_{3} acting on {1,2,3}\{1,2,3\}. Then:

All points are in the same orbit, but the stabilizers are different.

Let GG act on a finite set VV. Then the number of orbits of GG on VV is

We count the set S={(g,x)∈G×V:xg=x}S=\{(g,x)\in G\times V:x^{g}=x\} in two different ways:

Second count: For each x∈Vx\in V, there are ∣Gx∣|G_{x}| elements g∈Gg\in G such that xg=xx^{g}=x. Hence:

Let O1,…,OmO_{1},\dots,O_{m} be the orbits of GG on VV. For each orbit OiO_{i} and for any x∈Oix\in O_{i}, by the Orbit-Stabilizer Theorem we have:

Use Burnside’s Lemma to count distinct colorings of the vertices of a square with nn colors, modulo rotations/reflections.

Let GG act transitively on VV with ∣V∣>1|V|>1. Show there exists g∈Gg\in G with no fixed points.

The symmetry group of the square (dihedral group D4D_{4}) has 8 elements:

3 rotations by 90∘,270∘90^{\circ},270^{\circ}: fix nn colorings (all vertices same color)

1 rotation by 180∘180^{\circ}: fixes n2n^{2} colorings (opposite vertices same color)

2 reflections through vertices: fix n3n^{3} colorings (fixed vertex and its opposite)

2 reflections through edges: fix n2n^{2} colorings (pairs of opposite vertices)

By Burnside’s Lemma: 18(n4+2n3+3n2+2n)\frac{1}{8}(n^{4}+2n^{3}+3n^{2}+2n).

2 Orbits on Pairs

Let GG act transitively on VV. Then GG acts naturally on V×VV\times V by (x,y)g=(xg,yg)(x,y)^{g}=(x^{g},y^{g}). The orbits of this action are called orbitals. The diagonal {(x,x):x∈V}\{(x,x):x\in V\} is always an orbital, called the diagonal orbital.

If n⊆V×Vn\subseteq V\times V is an orbital, its transpose is:

Let x∈Vx\in V. There is a one-to-one correspondence between the orbits of GG on V×VV\times V and the orbits of GxG_{x} on VV.

Let nn be an orbital, and define Y0={y∈V:(x,y)∈n}Y_{0}=\{y\in V:(x,y)\in n\}.

Step 1: Show Y0Y_{0} is an orbit of GxG_{x}. If y,y′∈Y0y,y^{\prime}\in Y_{0}, then (x,y),(x,y′)∈n(x,y),(x,y^{\prime})\in n, so there exists g∈Gg\in G with (x,y)g=(x,y′)(x,y)^{g}=(x,y^{\prime}). This implies xg=xx^{g}=x and yg=y′y^{g}=y^{\prime}, so g∈Gxg\in G_{x} and y,y′y,y^{\prime} are in the same orbit of GxG_{x}.

Step 2: Conversely. If y′=ygy^{\prime}=y^{g} for g∈Gxg\in G_{x}, then (x,y)g=(x,y′)∈n(x,y)^{g}=(x,y^{\prime})\in n, so y′∈Y0y^{\prime}\in Y_{0}.

Step 3: Partition. All Y0Y_{0} obtained in this way partition VV, giving a one-to-one correspondence. ∎

The number of orbits of GxG_{x} on VV is called the rank of GG.

Let nn be an orbital and (x,y)∈n(x,y)\in n. Then n=nTn=n^{T} (symmetric) if and only if there exists g∈Gg\in G with xg=yx^{g}=y and yg=xy^{g}=x.

(⇒\Rightarrow) If n=nTn=n^{T}, then (y,x)∈n(y,x)\in n. By definition of orbitals, there exists g∈Gg\in G with (x,y)g=(y,x)(x,y)^{g}=(y,x), which implies xg=yx^{g}=y and yg=xy^{g}=x.

(⇐\Leftarrow) If such gg exists, then (x,y)g=(y,x)∈n(x,y)^{g}=(y,x)\in n, hence n∩nT≠∅n\cap n^{T}\neq\emptyset. Since orbitals are either disjoint or identical with their transpose, we must have n=nTn=n^{T}. ∎

A permutation group GG on VV is generously transitive if for any two distinct elements x,y∈Vx,y\in V, there exists g∈Gg\in G swapping xx and yy.

Show that GG is generously transitive if and only if all orbitals are symmetric.

Prove that if GG is 2-transitive, then it has rank 2.

Give an example of a transitive group that is not generously transitive.

3 Primitivity

Let GG act transitively on VV. A nonempty subset B⊆VB\subseteq V is a block if for all g∈Gg\in G, either Bg=BB^{g}=B or Bg∩B=∅B^{g}\cap B=\emptyset.

The set of distinct translates of a block BB forms a system of imprimitivity.

A transitive group is primitive if it has no nontrivial blocks (blocks other than singletons and VV itself). Otherwise it is imprimitive.

Let GG be transitive on VV, and x∈Vx\in V. Then GG is primitive if and only if GxG_{x} is a maximal subgroup of GG.

(⇒\Rightarrow) Suppose GG is primitive but GxG_{x} is not maximal. Then there exists HH with Gx⊂H⊂GG_{x}\subset H\subset G. Let B=xH={xh:h∈H}B=x^{H}=\{x^{h}:h\in H\}. We show BB is a nontrivial block:

For any g∈Gg\in G, either Bg=BB^{g}=B or Bg∩B=∅B^{g}\cap B=\emptyset. If Bg∩B≠∅B^{g}\cap B\neq\emptyset, then there exist h1,h2∈Hh_{1},h_{2}\in H such that xh1g=xh2x^{h_{1}g}=x^{h_{2}}, so h1gh2−1∈Gx⊂Hh_{1}gh_{2}^{-1}\in G_{x}\subset H, hence g∈Hg\in H and Bg=BB^{g}=B.

Since Gx⊂H⊂GG_{x}\subset H\subset G, we have {x}⊂B⊂V\{x\}\subset B\subset V, contradicting primitivity.

(⇐\Leftarrow) Suppose GxG_{x} is maximal but GG is imprimitive. Let BB be a nontrivial block containing xx. Then GB={g∈G:Bg=B}G_{B}=\{g\in G:B^{g}=B\} is a subgroup containing GxG_{x}. Since BB is nontrivial, Gx⊂GB⊂GG_{x}\subset G_{B}\subset G, contradicting maximality of GxG_{x}. ∎

A permutation group GG on VV is 2-transitive if it acts transitively on the set of ordered pairs of distinct elements of VV.

GG has rank 2 (only the diagonal and non-diagonal orbitals)

For any x∈Vx\in V, GxG_{x} is transitive on V∖{x}V\setminus\{x\}

If GG were imprimitive with block BB containing xx, then for any y∈B∖{x}y\in B\setminus\{x\} and z∉Bz\notin B, there is no g∈Gg\in G with (x,y)g=(x,z)(x,y)^{g}=(x,z), contradicting 2-transitivity.

The orbitals are exactly {(x,x):x∈V}\{(x,x):x\in V\} and {(x,y):x≠y}\{(x,y):x\neq y\}.

Immediate from the definition of 2-transitivity.

A path is a sequence of vertices u0,u1,…,uru_{0},u_{1},\dots,u_{r} with (ui−1,ui)(u_{i-1},u_{i}) an arc for each ii

A weak path allows either (ui−1,ui)(u_{i-1},u_{i}) or (ui,ui−1)(u_{i},u_{i-1}) as an arc

DD is strongly connected if any two vertices can be joined by a path

DD is weakly connected if any two vertices can be joined by a weak path

Let DD be a digraph where every vertex has equal in-valency and out-valency. Then DD is strongly connected if and only if it is weakly connected.

(⇒\Rightarrow) Trivial, since strong connectivity implies weak connectivity.

(⇐\Leftarrow) Suppose DD is weakly but not strongly connected. Let D1,…,DrD_{1},\dots,D_{r} be its strong components. Consider the condensation digraph D′D^{\prime} whose vertices are the strong components, with an arc from DiD_{i} to DjD_{j} if there is an arc from some vertex in DiD_{i} to some vertex in DjD_{j}.

Since D′D^{\prime} is acyclic, there exists a strong component DiD_{i} with no incoming arcs from other components. But then:

since weak connectivity requires at least one outgoing arc from DiD_{i} to another component. This contradicts the assumption that in-valency equals out-valency for each vertex. ∎

Let GG be transitive on VV. Then GG is primitive if and only if every nondiagonal orbital of GG on V×VV\times V is connected as a directed graph.

(⇒\Rightarrow) Suppose GG is primitive. Let nn be a nondiagonal orbital and (x,y)∈n(x,y)\in n. Consider the connected component CC of nn containing xx. We show C=VC=V.

For any g∈Gg\in G, either Cg=CC^{g}=C or Cg∩C=∅C^{g}\cap C=\emptyset. But since GG is transitive and CC is nonempty, the translates of CC cover VV. If Cg∩C≠∅C^{g}\cap C\neq\emptyset for some gg, then Cg=CC^{g}=C. Thus CC is a block. Since GG is primitive and CC contains at least xx and y≠xy\neq x, we must have C=VC=V.

(⇐\Leftarrow) Suppose all nondiagonal orbitals are connected but GG is imprimitive. Let BB be a nontrivial block containing xx. Pick y∈B∖{x}y\in B\setminus\{x\} and z∉Bz\notin B. Let nn be the orbital containing (x,y)(x,y).

Since nn is connected, there is a path from xx to zz in nn. But this path must leave BB at some point, contradicting that BB is a block (since for any g∈Gg\in G, either Bg=BB^{g}=B or Bg∩B=∅B^{g}\cap B=\emptyset). ∎

Show that every 2-transitive group is primitive.

Give an example of a primitive group that is not 2-transitive.

Show that if GG is primitive and NN is a non-trivial normal subgroup of GG, then NN is transitive.

If GG is 2-transitive, then for any x∈Vx\in V, GxG_{x} is transitive on V∖{x}V\setminus\{x\}. If GG were imprimitive with block BB containing xx, then B∖{x}B\setminus\{x\} would be a proper GxG_{x}-invariant subset of V∖{x}V\setminus\{x\}, contradicting transitivity.

If NN is a normal subgroup of a primitive group GG, then the orbits of NN form a system of imprimitivity. By primitivity, these must be trivial, so NN is either trivial or transitive.

Chapter 3 Transitive Graphs

We are going to study the properties of graphs whose automorphism group acts vertex transitively. A vertex-transitive graph is necessarily regular. One challenge is to find properties of vertex-transitive graphs that are not shared by all regular graphs. We will see that transitive graphs are more strongly connected than regular graphs in general. Cayley graphs form an important class of vertex-transitive graphs; we introduce them and offer some reasons why they are important and interesting.

A graph XX is vertex transitive (or just transitive) if its automorphism group acts transitively on V(X)V(X). Thus for any two distinct vertices of XX there is an automorphism mapping one to the other.

An interesting family of vertex-transitive graphs is provided by the kk-cubes QkQ_{k}. The vertex set of QkQ_{k} is the set of all 2k2^{k} binary kk-tuples, with two being adjacent if they differ in precisely one coordinate position. We have already met the 3-cube Q3Q_{3}, which is normally just called the cube

The kk-cube QkQ_{k} is vertex transitive.

If vv is a fixed kk-tuple, then the mapping

(where addition is binary) is a permutation of the vertices of QkQ_{k}. This mapping is an automorphism because the kk-tuples xx and yy differ in precisely one coordinate position if and only if x+vx+v and y+vy+v differ in precisely one coordinate position. There are 2k2^{k} such permutations, and they form a subgroup HH of the automorphism group of QkQ_{k}. This subgroup acts transitively on V(Qk)V(Q_{k}) because for any two vertices xx and yy, the automorphism Py−xP_{y-x} maps xx to yy. ∎

Another family of vertex-transitive graphs that we have met before are the circulants. Any vertex can be mapped to any other vertex by using a suitable power of the cyclic permutation described in chapter 1.

The circulants and the kk-cubes are both examples of a more general construction that produces many, but not all, vertex-transitive graphs. Let GG be a group and let CC be a subset of GG that is closed under taking inverses and does not contain the identity. Then the Cayley graph X(G,C)X(G,C) is the graph with vertex set GG and edge set

If CC is an arbitrary subset of GG, then we can define a directed graph X(G,C)X(G,C) with vertex set GG and arc set {(g,h):hg−1∈C}\{(g,h):hg^{-1}\in C\}. If CC is inverse-closed and does not contain the identity, then this graph is undirected and has no loops, and the definition reduces to that of a Cayley graph.

The Cayley graph X(G,C)X(G,C) is vertex transitive.

is a permutation of the elements of GG. This is an automorphism of X(G,C)X(G,C) because

and so x∼yx\sim y if and only if xg∼ygxg\sim yg. The permutations PgP_{g} form a subgroup of the automorphism group of X(G,C)X(G,C) isomorphic to GG. This subgroup acts transitively on the vertices of X(G,C)X(G,C) because for any two vertices gg and hh, the automorphism Pg−1hP_{g^{-1}h} maps gg to hh. ∎

Most small vertex-transitive graphs are Cayley graphs, but there are also many families of vertex-transitive graphs that are not Cayley graphs. In particular, the graphs J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) are vertex transitive because Sym(v)\text{Sym}(v) contains permutations that map any kk-set to any other kk-set, but in general they are not Cayley graphs. We content ourselves with a single example.

The Petersen graph is not a Cayley graph.

2 Edge-Transitive Graphs

A graph XX is edge transitive if its automorphism group acts transitively on E(X)E(X). It is straightforward to see that the graphs J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) are edge transitive, but the circulants are not usually edge transitive.

An arc in XX is an ordered pair of adjacent vertices, and XX is arc transitive if Aut(X)\text{Aut}(X) acts transitively on its arcs. It is frequently useful to view an edge in a graph as a pair of oppositely directed arcs. An arc-transitive graph is necessarily vertex and edge transitive. In this section we will consider the relations between these various forms of transitivity.

The complete bipartite graphs Km,nK_{m,n} are edge transitive, but not vertex transitive unless m=nm=n, because no automorphism can map a vertex of valency mm to a vertex of valency nn. The next lemma shows that all graphs that are edge transitive but not vertex transitive are bipartite.

Let XX be an edge-transitive graph with no isolated vertices. If XX is not vertex transitive, then Aut(X)\text{Aut}(X) has exactly two orbits, and these two orbits are a bipartition of XX.

Suppose XX is edge but not vertex transitive. Suppose that {x,y}∈E(X)\{x,y\}\in E(X). If w∈V(X)w\in V(X), then ww lies on an edge and there is an element of Aut(X)\text{Aut}(X) that maps this edge onto {x,y}\{x,y\}. Hence any vertex of XX lies in either the orbit of xx under Aut(X)\text{Aut}(X), or the orbit of yy. This shows that Aut(X)\text{Aut}(X) has exactly two orbits. An edge that joins two vertices in one orbit cannot be mapped by an automorphism to an edge that contains a vertex from the other orbit. Since XX is edge transitive and every vertex lies in an edge, it follows that there is no edge joining two vertices in the same orbit. Hence XX is bipartite and the orbits are a bipartition for it. ∎

An arc-transitive graph is, as we noted, always vertex and edge transitive. The converse is in general false; we do at least have the next result.

If the graph XX is vertex- and edge-transitive, but not arc-transitive, then its valency is even.

be the orbit of the arc (x,y)(x,y) under GG.

Since XX is edge-transitive, every edge can be mapped by an automorphism to either (x,y)(x,y) or (y,x)(y,x). But XX is not arc-transitive, so (y,x)∉n(y,x)\notin n. Let

be the reversed orbit. Then nn and nTn^{T} are disjoint, and the edge set of XX is

Observe that (x,y)∈n(x,y)\in n implies (y,x)∈nT(y,x)\in n^{T}. By vertex-transitivity, the out-degree of xx in nn equals the out-degree of yy in nTn^{T}. But the out-degree of yy in nTn^{T} counts arcs of the form (y,z)∈nT(y,z)\in n^{T}, which correspond exactly to arcs (z,y)∈n(z,y)\in n. Therefore,

Hence, at vertex xx, the number of edges from nn equals the number from nTn^{T}, giving total valency

Since 2d2d is even, the valency of XX is even. ∎

A simple corollary to this result is that a vertex- and edge-transitive graph of odd valency must be arc transitive.

3 Semisymmetric graphs and small orders

A graph XX is called semisymmetric if XX is regular and edge-transitive but not vertex-transitive.

The first structural fact is standard and easy to prove.

If XX is a connected semisymmetric graph then XX is bipartite and the automorphism group of XX has exactly two vertex-orbits (the two bipartition classes), which are of equal size. In particular the order ∣V(X)∣|V(X)| is even.

Let A=Aut⁡(X)A=\operatorname{Aut}(X). Since XX is edge-transitive but not vertex-transitive, AA acts transitively on the edge-set E(X)E(X) but has at least two orbits on V(X)V(X). Because every edge has its two endpoints in (possibly different) vertex-orbits, edge-transitivity implies all edges join vertices in different vertex-orbits; otherwise an edge whose endpoints lie in the same orbit could be sent to an edge whose endpoints lie in different orbits, contradicting that vertex-orbits are preserved by automorphisms. Hence every edge joins two distinct vertex-orbits; thus there are no edges inside a vertex-orbit, so each vertex-orbit is an independent set. Therefore XX is bipartite, with the bipartition given by the vertex-orbits of AA.

Let the two orbits have sizes rr and ss. Edge-transitivity and regularity of XX imply every vertex has the same degree k≥1k\geq 1. Counting edges from the two sides gives rk=∣E(X)∣=skrk=|E(X)|=sk, hence r=sr=s. Thus the two parts have equal size and ∣V(X)∣=2r|V(X)|=2r is even. ∎

From Proposition 3.3.1 we immediately get:

There is no semisymmetric graph of prime order pp (with pp odd).

By Proposition 3.3.1 the order of any semisymmetric graph is even. A prime p>2p>2 is odd, hence impossible. The only prime that is even is 22, but a graph on two vertices is either a single edge (which is vertex-transitive) or two isolated vertices (not edge-transitive), so there is no semisymmetric graph of order 22 either. ∎

There is no semisymmetric graph of order 66.

By Proposition 3.3.1 a semisymmetric graph on 66 vertices would be bipartite with two parts of size 33 and regular of some degree kk with 1≤k≤31\leq k\leq 3.

k=1k=1. Then the graph is a perfect matching (three disjoint edges). Such a graph is vertex-transitive (any vertex in the matching is equivalent to any other by a suitable permutation that preserves the matching), so it is not semisymmetric.

k=2k=2. A connected 2-regular graph on 6 vertices is a 66-cycle C6C_{6}, which is vertex-transitive. (If disconnected, it is union of cycles, again vertex-transitive on each component.) Thus not semisymmetric.

k=3k=3. The unique connected bipartite 3-regular graph with parts of size 33 is the complete bipartite graph K3,3K_{3,3}. But K3,3K_{3,3} is vertex-transitive: any vertex lies in a part of size 33 and there is an automorphism sending any vertex to any other (parts can be permuted), so K3,3K_{3,3} is vertex-transitive.

Hence no case yields a connected regular edge-transitive but not vertex-transitive graph on 6 vertices. ∎

There is no semisymmetric graph of order 3p3p.

Let XX be a semisymmetric graph of order 3p3p. If ∣V(X)∣=3p|V(X)|=3p with pp odd, then by Proposition 3.3.1 the order must be even. But 3p3p is odd for odd pp, so no semisymmetric graph can exist. (The only remaining case is p=2p=2, giving ∣V∣=6|V|=6, which was treated in Proposition 3.3.2.) ∎

The arguments above use only elementary counting and basic permutation group facts (orbit sizes divide the set size). For orders with small prime factors these constraints are often strong enough to rule out semisymmetric graphs. For larger composite orders semisymmetric graphs do exist (indeed the smallest nontrivial semisymmetric graph is the Folkman graph of order 2020, and there are many further constructions), so the impossibility phenomena are primarily a small-order effect.

Example The Folkman graph is a 4-regular bipartite graph on 2020 vertices. It can be constructed in several equivalent ways:

Start with the complete graph K5K_{5}. Subdivide each edge into a path of length two, and then duplicate each of the original five vertices. The resulting bipartite graph has 2020 vertices, each of degree 44.

The Folkman graph is edge-transitive but not vertex-transitive. Since it is regular, it is an example of a semisymmetrci graph.

Explanation: The green vertices subdivide each edge of K5K_{5}, and the red pairs of vertices are the result of doubling the five vertices of K5K_{5}.

Suppose that Γ\Gamma is a connected kk-graph and GG is a subgroup of the automorphism group Aut⁡(Γ)\operatorname{Aut}(\Gamma) of Γ\Gamma. Then Γ\Gamma is GG-semisymmetric if GG acts edge transitively but not vertex transitively on Γ\Gamma. Now suppose that Γ\Gamma is a GG-semisymmetric graph. Let {u,v}\{u,v\} be an edge in Γ\Gamma. Set Gu=Stab⁡G(u)G_{u}=\operatorname{Stab}_{G}(u), Gv=Stab⁡G(v)G_{v}=\operatorname{Stab}_{G}(v) and Guv=Gu∩GvG_{uv}=G_{u}\cap G_{v}.

As GG acts edge transitively on Γ\Gamma and uu is not in the same GG-orbit as vv, we have [Gu:Guv]=[Gv:Guv]=k[G_{u}:G_{uv}]=[G_{v}:G_{uv}]=k.

Suppose that K⊲GK\lhd G and K≤Guv=Gu∩GvK\leq G_{uv}=G_{u}\cap G_{v}. Then KK fixes every edge of Γ\Gamma and hence K=1K=1.

As Γ\Gamma is connected, the subgroup ⟨Gu,Gv⟩\langle G_{u},G_{v}\rangle acts transitively on the edges of Γ\Gamma, show that G=⟨Gu,Gv⟩G=\langle G_{u},G_{v}\rangle.

[Gu:Gu∩Gv]=[Gv:Gu∩Gv]=k[G_{u}:G_{u}\cap G_{v}]=[G_{v}:G_{u}\cap G_{v}]=k; and

no non-trivial subgroup of GuvG_{uv} is normal in GG.

This group theoretic configuration has been studied by Goldschmidt ( see D. M. Goldschmidt, “Automorphisms of trivalent graphs”, Annals of Mathematics, 112 (1980), 377–406.) where it is shown that when k=3k=3, the triple (Gu,Gv,Guv)(G_{u},G_{v},G_{uv}) is isomorphic (as an amalgam) to one of fifteen possible such triples (see Table 3.1). Thus if Γ\Gamma is GG-semisymmetric cubic graph, then the structures of GuG_{u}, GvG_{v} and GuvG_{uv} (and the embeddings of GuvG_{uv} into GuG_{u} and GvG_{v}) are known (up to swapping the roles of uu and vv). We call the possible triples of groups appearing in Table 3.1 Goldschmidt amalgams.

4 Semisymmetric graphs as coset graphs

Let GG be a finite group and let Gu,Gv≤GG_{u},G_{v}\leq G with Guv=Gu∩GvG_{uv}=G_{u}\cap G_{v}. We call A=(Gu,Gv,Guv)A=(G_{u},G_{v},G_{uv}) an amalgam in GG, and GG a completion of AA.

Let GG be a completion of the amalgam A=(H,K,H∩K)A=(H,K,H\cap K). The coset graph Γ=Γ(G,A)\Gamma=\Gamma(G,A) is the bipartite graph with vertex set

Suppose Hh∩Kg≠∅Hh\cap Kg\neq\emptyset. Then there exists y∈Gy\in G such that

so y=uh=vgy=uh=vg for some u∈Hu\in H and v∈Kv\in K. Hence

so g∈KHhg\in KHh. Conversely, if g∈KHhg\in KHh, then g=v−1uhg=v^{-1}uh for some v∈Kv\in K, u∈Hu\in H, and thus uh=vg∈Hh∩Kg≠∅uh=vg\in Hh\cap Kg\neq\emptyset. Therefore,

Γ\Gamma is bipartite, with parts {Hg}\{Hg\} and {Kg}\{Kg\}.

The right-regular action of GG on cosets,

is an action by graph automorphisms. In particular, GG is edge-transitive on Γ\Gamma.

The valency of a vertex HgHg is [H:H∩K][H:H\cap K], and the valency of a vertex KgKg is [K:H∩K][K:H\cap K]. Hence Γ\Gamma is regular if and only if [H:H∩K]=[K:H∩K][H:H\cap K]=[K:H\cap K].

(1) The bipartition is immediate from the definition: edges join only vertices of the forms HhHh and KgKg.

(2) If {Hh,Kg}∈E(Γ)\{Hh,Kg\}\in E(\Gamma), then Hh∩Kg≠∅Hh\cap Kg\neq\emptyset. Since right multiplication by x∈Gx\in G is a bijection on GG,

and (Hh)x=H(hx)(Hh)x=H(hx), (Kg)x=K(gx)(Kg)x=K(gx). Thus adjacency is preserved by right multiplication, so the action is by automorphisms.

Edge-transitivity follows because for any edge {Hh,Kg}\{Hh,Kg\} there exists x∈Gx\in G with

so the base edge {H,K}\{H,K\} is sent to any given edge by some group element.

(3) The neighbors of HgHg are precisely the vertices Kg′Kg^{\prime} with Hg∩Kg′≠∅Hg\cap Kg^{\prime}\neq\emptyset. Write any such intersection element as y=ug=vg′y=ug=vg^{\prime} with u∈Hu\in H, v∈Kv\in K. Then g′=v−1ugg^{\prime}=v^{-1}ug. Thus neighbors correspond to K(ug)K(ug) with u∈Hu\in H.

Two elements u1,u2∈Hu_{1},u_{2}\in H yield the same neighbor iff

Since u2−1u1∈Hu_{2}^{-1}u_{1}\in H as well, this means u2−1u1∈H∩Ku_{2}^{-1}u_{1}\in H\cap K. Hence the neighbors of HgHg correspond bijectively to the left cosets of H∩KH\cap K in HH, and there are [H:H∩K][H:H\cap K] of them. The same argument with H,KH,K swapped gives the valency of KgKg.

Therefore, Γ\Gamma is regular if and only if [H:H∩K]=[K:H∩K][H:H\cap K]=[K:H\cap K]. ∎

Let Γ\Gamma be a connected GG-semisymmetric graph and let {u,v}\{u,v\} be an edge. Set

Then Γ\Gamma is isomorphic to the coset graph

Moreover, for a semisymmetric graph, GuG_{u} and GvG_{v} are not conjugate in GG.

Step 1: Coset graph isomorphism. Define maps

where AA and BB are the two GG-orbits on vertices. Because GG is transitive on each part, these are bijections onto AA and BB. Combining them gives

Adjacency is preserved: for Guh∈G/HG_{u}h\in G/H and Gvg∈G/KG_{v}g\in G/K,

By definition of the GG-orbit of {u,v}\{u,v\}, this exactly corresponds to g⋅vg\cdot v being adjacent to h⋅uh\cdot u in Γ\Gamma. Hence Φ\Phi is a graph isomorphism, and Γ≅Γ(G,Gu,Gv)\Gamma\cong\Gamma(G,G_{u},G_{v}).

Step 2: Conjugacy of stabilizers cannot occur. Suppose, for contradiction, that there exists g∈Gg\in G such that Gv=gGug−1G_{v}=gG_{u}g^{-1}. Define a map σ\sigma on the coset graph vertices by

Check adjacency: let {Guh,Gvk}∈E(Γ)\{G_{u}h,G_{v}k\}\in E(\Gamma), so k∈Guvhk\in G_{uv}h. Set H=Gu,K=GvH=G_{u},K=G_{v}. Then Guv=H∩KG_{uv}=H\cap K. Now

for some x∈Guvx\in G_{uv}. Since x∈Hx\in H and K=gHg−1K=gHg^{-1}, we have g−1xg∈Kg^{-1}xg\in K, so g−1k=(g−1xg)(g−1h)∈K⋅g−1hg^{-1}k=(g^{-1}xg)(g^{-1}h)\in K\cdot g^{-1}h. Therefore

so {σ(Guh),σ(Gvk)}\{\sigma(G_{u}h),\sigma(G_{v}k)\} is indeed an edge. Thus σ\sigma is a graph automorphism swapping the two parts.

With notation as above, set H=⟨Gu,Gv⟩≤GH=\langle G_{u},G_{v}\rangle\leq G. Then:

Γ\Gamma is connected if and only if H=GH=G.

More precisely, the vertex set of each connected component is

for some right coset HxHx of HH in GG. In particular, the number of connected components of Γ\Gamma equals the index [G:H][G:H].

Let Vu={Gug∣g∈G}V_{u}=\{G_{u}g\mid g\in G\} and Vv={Gvg∣g∈G}V_{v}=\{G_{v}g\mid g\in G\} be the biparts. Right multiplication by HH preserves adjacency and keeps the set Vu∪VvV_{u}\cup V_{v} inside the union of cosets indexed by a fixed right coset HxHx: if g∈Hxg\in Hx and h∈Hh\in H, then Gugh∈VuG_{u}gh\in V_{u} and Gvgh∈VvG_{v}gh\in V_{v}, and edges are preserved by right multiplication.

Conversely, any edge {Guh,Gvg}\{G_{u}h,G_{v}g\} witnesses g∈Guvh⊆Guhg\in G_{uv}h\subseteq G_{u}h, so along a walk starting at GuG_{u} the labels of successive right-multipliers alternate between elements of GuG_{u} and GvG_{v}. Hence every vertex reachable from GuG_{u} has the form GuwG_{u}w or GvwG_{v}w with w∈⟨Gu,Gv⟩=Hw\in\langle G_{u},G_{v}\rangle=H. Thus the connected component of GuG_{u} is precisely {Guh∣h∈H}∪{Gvh∣h∈H}\{G_{u}h\mid h\in H\}\cup\{G_{v}h\mid h\in H\}, and more generally the component containing GuxG_{u}x (or GvxG_{v}x) is the translate by xx of that set, i.e. {Guhx∣h∈H}∪{Gvhx∣h∈H}\{G_{u}hx\mid h\in H\}\cup\{G_{v}hx\mid h\in H\}.

Therefore components are indexed by right cosets HxHx of HH in GG, giving exactly [G:H][G:H] components. In particular, Γ\Gamma is connected iff [G:H]=1[G:H]=1, i.e. iff H=GH=G. ∎

Let KK be the kernel of the action of GG on V(Γ)V(\Gamma). Then

the largest normal subgroup of GG contained in GuvG_{uv}. Consequently, the induced action of G/KG/K on Γ\Gamma is faithful.

An element x∈Gx\in G fixes every vertex iff it fixes every coset GugG_{u}g and every coset GvgG_{v}g, i.e. Gug=GugxG_{u}g=G_{u}gx and Gvg=GvgxG_{v}g=G_{v}gx for all g∈Gg\in G. This is equivalent to x∈⋂g∈Gg−1Gug ∩ ⋂g∈Gg−1Gvgx\in\bigcap_{g\in G}g^{-1}G_{u}g\ \cap\ \bigcap_{g\in G}g^{-1}G_{v}g, which equals ⋂g∈Gg−1(Gu∩Gv)g=core⁡G(Guv)\bigcap_{g\in G}g^{-1}(G_{u}\cap G_{v})g=\operatorname{core}_{G}(G_{uv}). ∎

Suppose [Gu:Guv]=[Gv:Guv]=k≥2[G_{u}:G_{uv}]=[G_{v}:G_{uv}]=k\geq 2 and Gu,GvG_{u},G_{v} are not conjugate in GG. Then the coset graph Γ(G,A)\Gamma(G,A) is a connected kk-regular edge-transitive graph in which GG has exactly two vertex-orbits (the two parts). In particular, the faithful quotient G/KG/K acts edge-transitively but not vertex-transitively; i.e. Γ\Gamma is G/KG/K-semisymmetric. If moreover K=1K=1, then Γ\Gamma is GG-semisymmetric.

By the lemma, Γ\Gamma is biregular with valencies [Gu:Guv][G_{u}:G_{uv}] and [Gv:Guv][G_{v}:G_{uv}]; under the hypothesis these are equal to kk, so Γ\Gamma is kk-regular. Edge-transitivity of GG has already been shown. The two families of vertices {Gug}\{G_{u}g\} and {Gvg}\{G_{v}g\} are GG-orbits, and if Gu,GvG_{u},G_{v} are not conjugate, there is no automorphism in the right action that maps a GuG_{u}-coset to a GvG_{v}-coset. Thus GG has exactly two vertex-orbits and the action is not vertex-transitive. Factoring by the kernel KK makes the action faithful; if K=1K=1 it is already faithful. ∎

An amalgam A=(Gu,Gv,Guv)A=(G_{u},G_{v},G_{uv}) is called a Goldschmidt amalgam (for the cubic case) if [Gu:Guv]=[Gv:Guv]=3[G_{u}:G_{uv}]=[G_{v}:G_{uv}]=3, GG acts edge-transitively on Γ(G,A)\Gamma(G,A), and K=core⁡G(Guv)=1K=\operatorname{core}_{G}(G_{uv})=1.

If AA is a Goldschmidt amalgam, then Γ(G,A)\Gamma(G,A) is a connected bipartite cubic graph that is edge-transitive and not vertex-transitive; that is, it is semisymmetric, and the action of GG on Γ\Gamma is faithful.

[Gu:Guv]=[Gv:Guv]=3[G_{u}:G_{uv}]=[G_{v}:G_{uv}]=3 (local edge-transitivity at a vertex),

K=core⁡G(Guv)=1K=\operatorname{core}_{G}(G_{uv})=1 (faithfulness on edges/vertices),

Hence every connected cubic semisymmetric graph arises as a coset graph of a completion of a Goldschmidt amalgam, and conversely every completion of a Goldschmidt amalgam yields a (connected) cubic semisymmetric coset graph.

Edge-transitivity implies GuG_{u} is transitive on the three neighbors of uu, so [Gu:Guv]=3[G_{u}:G_{uv}]=3, and similarly for vv. Since GG has exactly two vertex-orbits (bipartition) and is edge-transitive, its kernel on vertices is trivial; one checks this is precisely core⁡G(Guv)\operatorname{core}_{G}(G_{uv}). Finally, the map ϕ\phi is well-defined, adjacency-preserving (because intersections of cosets encode the existence of an edge), surjective, and injective by the transitivity of GG on the appropriate coset sets. ∎

remark: In the non-cubic case, Theorem 3.4.2 already shows that whenever [Gu:Guv]=[Gv:Guv]=k≥2[G_{u}:G_{uv}]=[G_{v}:G_{uv}]=k\geq 2, the coset graph Γ(G,A)\Gamma(G,A) is a kk-regular edge-transitive bipartite graph with two vertex-orbits under the right action of GG. Thus, up to the kernel KK, semisymmetric graphs are coset graphs. The cubic case is exactly the k=3k=3 specialization, where Goldschmidt’s classification of such amalgams underlies many structure theorems.

We can generalize these simple impossibility results for a few families of orders.

Let pp be an odd prime. There is no semisymmetric graph of order 2p2p.

Edge-transitivity implies GG is transitive on each of AA and BB. By Burnside’s theorem on transitive groups of prime degree, the action of GG on AA (and similarly on BB) is either

almost simple: the permutation group contains ApA_{p} (hence is 22-transitive, in fact (p−2)(p-2)-transitive), or

We treat case (I) first and then recall the affine case (II) which yields the contradiction as in the earlier proof.

Case (I): Ap⊆GA_{p}\subseteq G. Fix v∈Av\in A. The stabilizer GvG_{v} contains Ap−1A_{p-1}, which shows the only possibilities for the degree kk are

If k=pk=p then every v∈Av\in A is adjacent to all vertices of BB, so X≅Kp,pX\cong K_{p,p}.

If k=p−1k=p-1 then every v∈Av\in A is adjacent to precisely p−1p-1 vertices of BB; since the action is symmetric this means for each v∈Av\in A there is a unique u∈Bu\in B not adjacent to vv, and the map v↦uv\mapsto u is a GG-equivariant bijection A→BA\to B. The resulting graph is exactly Kp,pK_{p,p} with a perfect matching removed (every vertex misses exactly one partner and these missing pairs form a perfect matching).

Both graphs above (Kp,pK_{p,p} and Kp,pK_{p,p} minus a perfect matching) are vertex-transitive, contradicting the semisymmetry of XX. Thus case (I) cannot occur.

Affine case. In the affine case, the action of GG on each part is transitive of prime degree, and a point stabilizer GvG_{v} is cyclic of order dividing p−1p-1. Moreover, GG has only one conjugacy class of subgroups isomorphic to GvG_{v}.

Let u∈Au\in A and v∈Bv\in B be adjacent vertices in XX. Then GvG_{v} and GuG_{u} are isomorphic subgroups of GG, and since there is only one conjugacy class of such subgroups, GvG_{v} and GuG_{u} are conjugate in GG. By Proposition 3.4.1, XX is isomorphic to the coset graph X(G,Gv,Gu)X(G,G_{v},G_{u}), which requires that GvG_{v} and GuG_{u} are not conjugate. This is a contradiction.

Hence, no semisymmetric graph of order 2p2p exists in the affine case.

Therefore neither possibility from Burnside’s theorem is compatible with the semisymmetry assumption, and no semisymmetric graph of order 2p2p exists.

Let pp be a prime. There is no connected cubic semisymmetric graph of order 4p4p. In other words: every connected cubic edge-transitive graph of order 4p4p is vertex-transitive.

A semisymmetric graph is necessarily bipartite, and AA has exactly two vertex-orbits (the two bipartition classes) of equal size. (So ∣V(Γ)∣|V(\Gamma)| is even.)

If N⊲AN\lhd A is an intransitive normal subgroup, then NN acts semiregularly on vertices and Γ\Gamma is a regular covering of the quotient graph Γ/N\Gamma/N (the fibres all have the same size ∣N∣|N|). (This is standard; see e.g. the covering/quotient arguments in the literature on edge-transitive graphs.)

We now argue by passing to a minimal nontrivial normal subgroup of AA.

(1) Existence of a nontrivial normal subgroup and reduction to a quotient. Since AA is an automorphism group of a finite graph, let 1≠N⊲A1\neq N\lhd A be a minimal (nontrivial) normal subgroup. If NN is transitive on vertices then ∣N∣|N| is divisible by 4p4p, but then NN contains a regular subgroup and Γ\Gamma would be vertex-transitive — contradiction. Thus NN is intransitive and hence, by the standard covering argument, acts semiregularly and Γ\Gamma is an ∣N∣|N|-fold regular cover of the quotient graph Γ/N\Gamma/N.

(2) Possible sizes of the quotient graph. Because ∣V(Γ)∣=4p|V(\Gamma)|=4p, the order of the quotient Γ/N\Gamma/N must divide 4p4p and be strictly smaller than 4p4p. The only possibilities for ∣ ⁣V(Γ/N) ⁣∣|\!V(\Gamma/N)\!| are therefore 22, 44, pp or 2p2p (the case 11 is impossible for a connected covering of a nontrivial graph).

If ∣ ⁣V(Γ/N) ⁣∣=2|\!V(\Gamma/N)\!|=2 then Γ\Gamma would be a disjoint union of edges (a matching) or a union of 2-vertex components — impossible for a connected cubic graph.

If ∣ ⁣V(Γ/N) ⁣∣=p|\!V(\Gamma/N)\!|=p or 2p2p then by known results of Folkman and later authors (see references) an edge-transitive regular graph of order pp or 2p2p (or 2p22p^{2} etc.) is vertex-transitive; these cases therefore lead to contradictions to semisymmetry.

The remaining possible quotient order is 44. But the only cubic edge-transitive graph of order 44 is the complete graph K4K_{4}, which is not bipartite. Since Γ\Gamma is semisymmetric it must be bipartite, so it cannot be a (regular) cover of K4K_{4}. This yields a contradiction.

Because every possible quotient size leads to a contradiction, no such Γ\Gamma can exist. Hence there is no connected cubic semisymmetric graph of order 4p4p. ∎

5 Connectivity of Vertex-Transitive Graphs

6 Edge Connectivity

An edge cutset in a graph XX is a set of edges whose removal disconnects XX. For a connected graph XX, its edge connectivity, denoted κ1(X)\kappa_{1}(X), is the minimum number of edges in an edge cutset. A single edge that constitutes an edge cutset is called a bridge or a cut-edge.

Since the set of edges incident to any vertex forms an edge cutset (removing them isolates the vertex), the edge connectivity of a graph cannot exceed its minimum degree. Consequently, for a vertex-transitive graph—where every vertex has the same valency kk—the edge connectivity is at most kk.

This section will prove a fundamental result: the edge connectivity of a connected vertex-transitive graph is always equal to its valency.

A useful formalism for this analysis is to define, for any subset of vertices A⊆V(X)A\subseteq V(X), the edge boundary ∂A\partial A as the set of edges with one endpoint in AA and the other in its complement. Note that ∂A\partial A is empty if AA is either empty or the entire vertex set. For a proper, non-empty subset A⊂V(X)A\subset V(X), the set ∂A\partial A is an edge cutset. Therefore, the edge connectivity is equivalently the minimum size of ∂A\partial A over all such non-trivial subsets AA.

Let AA and BB be subsets of V(X)V(X), for some graph XX. Then

Let us analyze the edges contributing to each boundary. Consider the partition of vertices induced by AA and BB:

An edge contributes to ∂A\partial A if it has one endpoint in AA and the other in V(X)∖AV(X)\setminus A. Similarly for ∂B\partial B.

Observe that any edge with one endpoint in A∖BA\setminus B and the other in B∖AB\setminus A contributes to both ∣∂A∣|\partial A| and ∣∂B∣|\partial B|, but does **not** contribute to ∣∂(A∪B)∣|\partial(A\cup B)| or ∣∂(A∩B)∣|\partial(A\cap B)|. Let e(A∖B,B∖A)e(A\setminus B,B\setminus A) denote the number of such edges. Then we can write

since edges inside A∖BA\setminus B or B∖AB\setminus A are counted once in both sides, and edges outside A∪BA\cup B or inside A∩BA\cap B are counted appropriately.

Since e(A∖B,B∖A)≥0e(A\setminus B,B\setminus A)\geq 0, it follows that

Define an edge atom of a graph XX to be a subset SS such that ∣∂S∣=κ1(X)|\partial S|=\kappa_{1}(X) and, given this, ∣S∣|S| is minimal. Since ∂S=∂(V∖S)\partial S=\partial(V\setminus S), it follows that if SS is an atom, then 2∣S∣≤∣V(X)∣2|S|\leq|V(X)|.

Any two distinct edge atoms are vertex-disjoint.

Let κ=κ1(X)\kappa=\kappa_{1}(X), and let AA and BB be two distinct edge atoms of XX.

First, suppose A∪B=V(X)A\cup B=V(X). Since an edge atom contains at most half of the vertices of XX, we must have

which immediately implies A∩B=∅A\cap B=\emptyset.

Now assume that A∪BA\cup B is a proper subset of V(X)V(X). By Lemma 3.6.1, we have

Since AA and BB are edge atoms, ∣∂A∣=∣∂B∣=κ|\partial A|=|\partial B|=\kappa, and neither A∪BA\cup B nor A∩BA\cap B can be empty or equal to V(X)V(X) (otherwise one would contain more than half the vertices). Therefore, the inequality must in fact be an equality:

But A∩BA\cap B is a nonempty proper subset of the edge atom AA, which contradicts the minimality of an edge atom. Hence, the assumption that A∪BA\cup B is a proper subset of V(X)V(X) leads to a contradiction, and we conclude that AA and BB must be vertex-disjoint. ∎

Our next result answers all questions about the edge connectivity of a vertex-transitive graph.

If XX is a connected vertex-transitive graph, then its edge connectivity is equal to its valency.

Let XX be a connected vertex-transitive graph with valency kk. We aim to show its edge connectivity κ1(X)\kappa_{1}(X) is equal to kk. Since the set of edges incident to any single vertex is a cut of size kk, we have κ1(X)≤k\kappa_{1}(X)\leq k. It remains to prove that κ1(X)≥k\kappa_{1}(X)\geq k, i.e., that no edge cutset has fewer than kk edges.

Let AA be a proper non-empty subset of V(X)V(X) such that ∂A\partial A is a minimum edge cut. A set AA of minimum size satisfying this condition is often called an edge atom. We consider two cases based on the size of AA.

Case 1: ∣A∣=1|A|=1. If AA consists of a single vertex vv, then every edge incident to vv is in ∂A\partial A. Since XX is vertex-transitive and has valency kk, we have ∣∂A∣=k|\partial A|=k. This completes the proof in this case.

Case 2: ∣A∣≥2|A|\geq 2. We now show that even in this case, ∣∂A∣≥k|\partial A|\geq k.

Let G=Aut⁡(X)G=\operatorname{Aut}(X). Since XX is vertex-transitive, GG acts transitively on V(X)V(X). For any automorphism g∈Gg\in G, the image B=AgB=A^{g} is also a minimum edge cut of the same size, i.e., ∣∂B∣=∣∂A∣|\partial B|=|\partial A|. A key result (Corollary 3.6.1) states that for any two distinct edge atoms AA and BB, either A=BA=B or A∩B=∅A\cap B=\emptyset. This implies that the orbit of AA under GG forms a partition of V(X)V(X) into subsets of equal size. Consequently, AA is a block of imprimitivity for the action of GG on V(X)V(X).

Define the function f(m)=m(k+1−m)f(m)=m(k+1-m) for integers mm where 2≤m≤k−12\leq m\leq k-1. This is a quadratic function which is minimized at its endpoints within this domain:

Since k≥2k\geq 2 (as ∣A∣≥2|A|\geq 2 and the graph is connected), we have 2(k−1)≥k2(k-1)\geq k for all k≥2k\geq 2. Therefore, ∣∂A∣≥2(k−1)≥k|\partial A|\geq 2(k-1)\geq k.

In all subcases of Case 2, we have concluded that ∣∂A∣≥k|\partial A|\geq k.

Since in both major cases the minimum edge cut has size at least kk, we conclude that κ1(X)=k\kappa_{1}(X)=k. ∎

7 Vertex Connectivity

A vertex cutset in a graph XX is a set of vertices whose removal increases the number of connected components. The vertex connectivity (or simply connectivity) of a connected graph XX, denoted κ0(X)\kappa_{0}(X), is the minimum size of a vertex cutset. A graph is kk-connected for any k≤κ0(X)k\leq\kappa_{0}(X). By convention, the connectivity of the complete graph KnK_{n} is defined to be n−1n-1, as it has no vertex cutsets.

The cornerstone of connectivity theory is Menger’s Theorem. To state it, we say two paths from a vertex uu to a vertex vv are openly disjoint if they share no vertices other than uu and vv.

Let uu and vv be distinct, non-adjacent vertices in a graph XX. The maximum number of openly disjoint paths from uu to vv is equal to the minimum size of a vertex set SS that separates uu and vv (i.e., uu and vv lie in different components of X∖SX\setminus S).

The theorem’s power lies in its duality: if no small set can separate two vertices, then there must be many disjoint paths between them. A direct corollary is that two vertices not separated by any single vertex lie on a common cycle. Proving that two vertices requiring at least three vertices to separate them are connected by three disjoint paths is substantially more difficult and is essentially equivalent to the general theorem. This specific case is often the most useful in applications.

Menger’s Theorem has several important variations. One key version states that for two subsets AA and BB of vertices, each of size mm, there are mm disjoint paths from AA to BB if and only if no set of fewer than mm vertices can separate AA from BB. This can be derived from the standard version of the theorem.

For vertex-transitive graphs, we can establish a strong lower bound on connectivity, though its proof is more involved than the analogous result for edge connectivity.

A connected vertex-transitive graph with valency kk has vertex connectivity at least ⌈23(k+1)⌉\lceil\frac{2}{3}(k+1)\rceil.

This bound is sharp; there exist 55-regular vertex-transitive graphs with connectivity 44, achieving equality in the bound.

To prove Theorem 3.7.2, we develop a theory of fragments and atoms. Let XX be a graph with vertex connectivity κ\kappa. For a set A⊆V(X)A\subseteq V(X), define:

N(A)N(A): The neighbor set of AA, i.e., vertices not in AA but adjacent to some vertex in AA.

A‾\overline{A}: The complementary fragment, i.e., V(X)∖(A∪N(A))V(X)\setminus(A\cup N(A)).

A fragment is a non-empty set AA such that ∣N(A)∣=κ|N(A)|=\kappa and A∪N(A)≠V(X)A\cup N(A)\neq V(X) (i.e., A‾≠∅\overline{A}\neq\emptyset). An atom is a fragment of minimum possible size. Atoms are always connected. If a single vertex forms an atom, then κ=k\kappa=k. Furthermore, for any fragment AA, we have N(A‾)=N(A)N(\overline{A})=N(A) and A‾‾=A\overline{\overline{A}}=A.

The following lemma establishes crucial set properties of fragments.

Let AA and BB be fragments in a graph XX. Then:

N(A∩B)⊆(A∩N(B))∪(N(A)∩B)∪(N(A)∩N(B))N(A\cap B)\subseteq(A\cap N(B))\cup(N(A)\cap B)\cup(N(A)\cap N(B)).

N(A∪B)=(A∩N(B))∪(N(A)∩B)∪(N(A)∩N(B))N(A\cup B)=(A\cap N(B))\cup(N(A)\cap B)\cup(N(A)\cap N(B)).

A∩B‾⊇A‾∪B‾\overline{A\cap B}\supseteq\overline{A}\cup\overline{B}.

A∪B‾=A‾∩B‾\overline{A\cup B}=\overline{A}\cap\overline{B}.

We prove (a) and (b); (c) and (d) are left as exercises. (a) Let x∈N(A∩B)x\in N(A\cap B). Then x∉A∩Bx\notin A\cap B and is adjacent to a vertex in A∩BA\cap B. The vertex xx can lie in:

neither AA nor BB: then x∈N(A)∩N(B)x\in N(A)\cap N(B).

Thus, xx is in the union on the right-hand side.

(b) We show both inclusions. Let xx be in the right-hand set.

If x∈A∩N(B)x\in A\cap N(B), then x∉Bx\notin B and has a neighbor in BB, so x∈N(A∪B)x\in N(A\cup B).

If x∈N(A)∩Bx\in N(A)\cap B, by symmetry, x∈N(A∪B)x\in N(A\cup B).

If x∈N(A)∩N(B)x\in N(A)\cap N(B), then xx has neighbors in both AA and BB, so x∈N(A∪B)x\in N(A\cup B).

Hence, the right-hand set is contained in N(A∪B)N(A\cup B). Conversely, let x∈N(A∪B)x\in N(A\cup B). Then xx has a neighbor in AA or BB and x∉A∪Bx\notin A\cup B. If the neighbor is in AA, then x∈N(A)x\in N(A); if in BB, then x∈N(B)x\in N(B). Since xx is not in A∪BA\cup B, it must be in N(A)∩N(B)N(A)\cap N(B), A∩N(B)A\cap N(B), or N(A)∩BN(A)\cap B. ∎

A fundamental result is that the intersection of two overlapping fragments is itself a fragment, provided one is not larger than the other.

Let XX be a graph with connectivity κ\kappa. If AA and BB are fragments with A∩B≠∅A\cap B\neq\emptyset and ∣A∣≤∣B‾∣|A|\leq|\overline{B}|, then A∩BA\cap B is a fragment.

Consider the partition of V(X)V(X) induced by AA, N(A)N(A), A‾\overline{A} and BB, N(B)N(B), B‾\overline{B}. Define:

∣A∪B∣<n−κ|A\cup B|<n-\kappa. Since ∣A‾∣=n−κ−∣A∣|\overline{A}|=n-\kappa-|A| and ∣B‾∣=n−κ−∣B∣|\overline{B}|=n-\kappa-|B|, we have:

Because A∩B≠∅A\cap B\neq\emptyset, ∣A∣+∣B∣>∣A∪B∣|A|+|B|>|A\cup B|, so:

Since A‾\overline{A} and B‾\overline{B} are disjoint (as A∩B≠∅A\cap B\neq\emptyset implies their complements intersect, but their closures are subsets of these complements and might be disjoint), we have ∣A‾∣+∣B‾∣≤n−∣A∪B∣|\overline{A}|+|\overline{B}|\leq n-|A\cup B|. Combining these inequalities yields ∣A∪B∣<n−κ|A\cup B|<n-\kappa.

∣N(A∪B)∣≤κ|N(A\cup B)|\leq\kappa. By Lemma 3.7.1(a), ∣N(A∩B)∣≤a+b+c|N(A\cap B)|\leq a+b+c. By (b), ∣N(A∪B)∣=a+b+c|N(A\cup B)|=a+b+c. Since N(A)=a+c+d=κN(A)=a+c+d=\kappa and N(B)=b+c+e=κN(B)=b+c+e=\kappa, we have:

Now, ∣N(A∩B)∣+∣N(A∪B)∣≤(a+b+c)+(a+b+c)=2(a+b+c)≤a+b+2c+d+e=2κ|N(A\cap B)|+|N(A\cup B)|\leq(a+b+c)+(a+b+c)=2(a+b+c)\leq a+b+2c+d+e=2\kappa, where the last inequality holds because d,e≥0d,e\geq 0. Since ∣N(A∩B)∣≥κ|N(A\cap B)|\geq\kappa (as A∩BA\cap B is non-empty and proper), it follows that ∣N(A∪B)∣≥κ|N(A\cup B)|\geq\kappa.

A∪B‾≠∅\overline{A\cup B}\neq\emptyset. From (1), ∣A∪B∣<n−κ|A\cup B|<n-\kappa. If ∣N(A∪B)∣>κ|N(A\cup B)|>\kappa, then ∣A∪B∣+∣N(A∪B)∣>∣A∪B∣+κ≥n|A\cup B|+|N(A\cup B)|>|A\cup B|+\kappa\geq n (since ∣A∪B∣≥n−κ|A\cup B|\geq n-\kappa for any set with a small boundary, a contradiction). Hence, ∣N(A∪B)∣=κ|N(A\cup B)|=\kappa, and so ∣A∪B‾∣=n−κ−∣A∪B∣>0|\overline{A\cup B}|=n-\kappa-|A\cup B|>0.

A∩BA\cap B is a fragment. From (2) and the equality in the proof of (2), we have ∣N(A∩B)∣+∣N(A∪B)∣≤2κ|N(A\cap B)|+|N(A\cup B)|\leq 2\kappa. Since ∣N(A∪B)∣≥κ|N(A\cup B)|\geq\kappa, it follows that ∣N(A∩B)∣≤κ|N(A\cap B)|\leq\kappa. But since A∩BA\cap B is non-empty and proper, ∣N(A∩B)∣≥κ|N(A\cap B)|\geq\kappa. Therefore, ∣N(A∩B)∣=κ|N(A\cap B)|=\kappa, and with A∩B‾⊇A‾∪B‾≠∅\overline{A\cap B}\supseteq\overline{A}\cup\overline{B}\neq\emptyset, A∩BA\cap B is a fragment. ∎

If AA is an atom and BB is a fragment of XX, then AA is contained in exactly one of BB, N(B)N(B), or B‾\overline{B}.

Since AA is an atom, ∣A∣≤∣B∣|A|\leq|B| and ∣A∣≤∣B‾∣|A|\leq|\overline{B}|. If AA intersects both BB and its complement, then A∩BA\cap B would be a non-empty proper subset of AA and, by Theorem 3.7.3, a fragment. This contradicts the minimality of AA. Hence, AA must be entirely contained in one of BB, N(B)N(B), or B‾\overline{B}. ∎

Proof of Theorem 3.7.2

Let XX be a connected vertex-transitive graph with valency kk, and let AA be an atom. If ∣A∣=1|A|=1, then κ0(X)=∣N(A)∣=k\kappa_{0}(X)=|N(A)|=k, which satisfies the theorem. Assume ∣A∣≥2|A|\geq 2.

Let G=Aut⁡(X)G=\operatorname{Aut}(X). For any g∈Gg\in G, the image AgA^{g} is also an atom. By Corollary 3.7.1, for any g,h∈Gg,h\in G, the atom AgA^{g} is either equal to or disjoint from AhA^{h}. Thus, the translates of AA under GG form a partition of V(X)V(X) into blocks of imprimitivity. Let m=∣A∣m=|A|.

Since N(A)N(A) is a union of some of these atomic blocks (again by Corollary 3.7.1), let tt be the number of blocks in N(A)N(A). Then ∣N(A)∣=tm|N(A)|=tm.

Now, consider a vertex u∈Au\in A. Its neighbors can lie in:

Therefore, the valency kk of uu satisfies:

The connectivity is κ0(X)=∣N(A)∣=tm\kappa_{0}(X)=|N(A)|=tm. We aim to minimize κ\kappa relative to kk. From (1), m≥⌈(k+1)/(t+1)⌉m\geq\lceil(k+1)/(t+1)\rceil. Thus:

The function f(t)=t/(t+1)f(t)=t/(t+1) is increasing in tt. We now show t≥2t\geq 2.

Suppose t=1t=1 for contradiction. Then ∣N(A)∣=m|N(A)|=m, and inequality (1) becomes 2m≥k+12m\geq k+1. However, since XX is kk-regular and AA is a connected component of X∖N(A)X\setminus N(A) (by definition of a fragment), the number of edges from AA to N(A)N(A) is at most k∣N(A)∣=kmk|N(A)|=km. On the other hand, since every vertex in AA has at most m−1m-1 neighbors inside AA, it has at least k−(m−1)k-(m-1) neighbors in N(A)N(A). Thus, the number of edges between AA and N(A)N(A) is at least m(k−m+1)m(k-m+1). Therefore:

8 Matchings in Vertex-Transitive Graphs

A matching in a graph XX is a set of edges, no two of which share a common vertex. The size of a matching is its number of edges. A vertex incident to an edge in a matching MM is said to be covered (or matched) by MM. A perfect matching (or 1-factor) is a matching that covers every vertex of XX. A graph with a perfect matching must have an even number of vertices.

A maximum matching is a matching of maximum possible size. This section is dedicated to proving the following fundamental result on matchings in vertex-transitive graphs.

Let XX be a connected vertex-transitive graph. Then:

XX contains a matching that covers all but at most one vertex.

Every edge of XX is contained in some maximum matching.

This theorem has an immediate and important corollary:

Let XX be a connected vertex-transitive graph.

If ∣V(X)∣|V(X)| is even, then XX has a perfect matching.

If ∣V(X)∣|V(X)| is odd, then for every vertex v∈V(X)v\in V(X), there exists a maximum matching that covers V(X)∖{v}V(X)\setminus\{v\}.

The proof relies on properties of the symmetric difference of matchings. For two matchings MM and NN, their symmetric difference is defined as M△N=(M∖N)∪(N∖M)M\triangle N=(M\setminus N)\cup(N\setminus M).

Since MM and NN are matchings, the subgraph induced by M△NM\triangle N has maximum degree at most 2. Consequently, each connected component of (V(X),M△N)(V(X),M\triangle N) is either a path or an even cycle. In these components, edges from MM and NN alternate. Therefore, we refer to them as alternating paths and alternating cycles relative to MM and NN.

A key observation is that if a component of M△NM\triangle N is a path PP of odd length, then one matching contributes more edges to PP than the other. The matching with fewer edges on PP can be augmented by flipping the edges along PP, resulting in a larger matching. This leads to the following lemma.

If MM and NN are both maximum matchings, then every component of M△NM\triangle N is an alternating cycle or an alternating path of even length.

The First Statement: Near-Perfect Matchings

We first prove part (i) of Theorem 3.8.1. A vertex vv is called critical if it is covered by every maximum matching. If a vertex-transitive graph has one critical vertex, then all vertices are critical, implying the graph has a perfect matching. The next lemma is central to our argument.

Let uu and vv be distinct vertices in a graph XX. Suppose no maximum matching misses both uu and vv. If MuM_{u} and MvM_{v} are maximum matchings that miss uu and vv respectively, then uu and vv are the endpoints of an alternating path of even length in Mu△MvM_{u}\triangle M_{v}.

In the graph Mu△MvM_{u}\triangle M_{v}, the vertices uu and vv have degree 1 (since they are missed by one matching but not necessarily the other). By Lemma 3.8.1, they must be the endpoints of alternating paths of even length. Assume, for contradiction, that uu and vv are endpoints of different paths, PuP_{u} and PvP_{v}. The path PuP_{u} is alternating relative to MvM_{v}. Swapping the edges along PuP_{u} in MvM_{v} yields a new matching Mv′=Mv△PuM_{v}^{\prime}=M_{v}\triangle P_{u} that has the same size as MvM_{v} but now misses uu (since uu was an endpoint). Since PuP_{u} and PvP_{v} are disjoint, Mv′M_{v}^{\prime} still misses vv, contradicting the hypothesis that no maximum matching misses both uu and vv. Therefore, uu and vv must be the endpoints of the same alternating path. ∎

Let PP be a path from uu to vv in a graph XX. If no internal vertex of PP is critical, then no maximum matching misses both uu and vv.

Since xx is not critical, there exists a maximum matching MxM_{x} that misses xx. Suppose, for contradiction, that there exists a maximum matching NN that misses both uu and vv. By Lemma 3.8.2, there exists an alternating path QuxQ_{ux} in Mx△NM_{x}\triangle N from uu to xx, and an alternating path QvxQ_{vx} in Mx△NM_{x}\triangle N from vv to xx. This is impossible unless u=vu=v, as xx cannot be the endpoint of two distinct alternating paths in the same symmetric difference. This contradiction completes the induction step. ∎

To prove part (i) of Theorem 3.8.1, consider a connected vertex-transitive graph XX.

If XX has a critical vertex, then all vertices are critical, so every maximum matching is a perfect matching.

If XX has no critical vertex, then for every vertex uu, there exists a maximum matching MuM_{u} that misses uu. Lemma 3.8.3 implies that for any distinct vertices uu and vv, the matchings MuM_{u} and MvM_{v} must be different; otherwise, a common matching would miss both, which is forbidden by the lemma (any path between uu and vv has no critical vertices). Therefore, at most one vertex can be missed by a maximum matching.

This establishes that a maximum matching in XX misses at most one vertex.

The Second Statement: Every Edge in a Maximum Matching

We now prove part (ii) of Theorem 3.8.1: every edge e∈E(X)e\in E(X) is contained in some maximum matching. We use induction on the number of vertices and edges.

The base case is trivial for small graphs. For the inductive step, assume the statement holds for all connected vertex-transitive graphs with fewer vertices or edges than XX.

If XX is edge-transitive, then all edges are equivalent under the action of Aut⁡(X)\operatorname{Aut}(X). Since we have already established that a maximum matching exists, and by edge-transitivity, any edge must be contained in the image of this matching under some automorphism, the result follows immediately.

If XX is not edge-transitive, let e∈E(X)e\in E(X) and consider its orbit under Aut⁡(X)\operatorname{Aut}(X): E(Y)={ϕ(e):ϕ∈Aut⁡(X)}E(Y)=\{\phi(e):\phi\in\operatorname{Aut}(X)\}. The graph YY is a vertex-transitive, spanning subgraph of XX with fewer edges than XX.

Case 1: YY is connected. By the induction hypothesis, applied to the graph YY (which has fewer edges than XX), the edge ee is contained in a maximum matching MM of YY. Since MM is also a matching in XX and misses at most one vertex (by part (i)), it is a maximum matching in XX.

Case 2: YY is disconnected. The components Y1,Y2,…,YrY_{1},Y_{2},\dots,Y_{r} of YY form a system of imprimitivity for Aut⁡(X)\operatorname{Aut}(X) and are pairwise isomorphic vertex-transitive graphs.

If each YiY_{i} has an even number of vertices, then by induction, each has a perfect matching MiM_{i}. The union ⋃i=1rMi\bigcup_{i=1}^{r}M_{i} is a perfect matching of XX containing ee (if ee is in some YiY_{i}).

If each YiY_{i} has an odd number of vertices, define a quotient graph ZZ. The vertex set of ZZ is {Y1,…,Yr}\{Y_{1},\dots,Y_{r}\}, and YiY_{i} is adjacent to YjY_{j} in ZZ if there exists an edge in XX between YiY_{i} and YjY_{j}. The graph ZZ is vertex-transitive. By the induction hypothesis (on number of vertices), ZZ has a matching NN that covers all but at most one vertex of ZZ. For each edge (Yi,Yj)∈N(Y_{i},Y_{j})\in N, there exists an edge yiyj∈E(X)y_{i}y_{j}\in E(X) connecting them. Since YiY_{i} and YjY_{j} are vertex-transitive of odd order, by part (i), there exist matchings MiM_{i} in YiY_{i} and MjM_{j} in YjY_{j} that miss only yiy_{i} and yjy_{j}, respectively. Then Mi∪Mj∪{yiyj}M_{i}\cup M_{j}\cup\{y_{i}y_{j}\} is a perfect matching on Yi∪YjY_{i}\cup Y_{j}. If NN is a perfect matching of ZZ, the union of these constructions yields a perfect matching of XX. If NN misses one component, say Y1Y_{1}, then we combine a near-perfect matching of Y1Y_{1} (missing one vertex) with perfect matchings on the paired components to get a maximum matching of XX that misses exactly one vertex. In both subcases, the edge ee (which lies in some YiY_{i}) is contained in the constructed maximum matching.

This completes the inductive step and the proof of Theorem 3.8.1.

9 Hamilton Paths and Cycles

A Hamilton path in a graph is a path that visits every vertex exactly once. A Hamilton cycle (or Hamiltonian cycle) is a cycle that visits every vertex exactly once. A graph that contains a Hamilton cycle is called Hamiltonian.

Determining whether a graph is Hamiltonian is a classic NP-complete problem. However, for the highly symmetric family of vertex-transitive graphs, the situation is more structured. It is a well-known observation that all connected vertex-transitive graphs appear to possess a Hamilton path. The existence of Hamilton cycles is a deeper question.

There are only five known connected vertex-transitive graphs that are not Hamiltonian. This has led to the following enduring conjecture:

Conjecture:[Hamiltonian Conjecture for Vertex-Transitive Graphs] Every connected vertex-transitive graph, with the exception of the five graphs listed below, possesses a Hamilton cycle.

We now describe the five exceptional graphs. Among these, only the first is a Cayley graph, leading to a stronger conjecture.

The complete graph K2K_{2}: This graph is trivially vertex-transitive. It consists of two vertices and a single edge. While it contains a Hamilton path, it cannot contain a cycle of length 2 (a cycle requires at least 3 vertices) and is therefore non-Hamiltonian.

The Petersen graph: This is the most famous non-Hamiltonian vertex-transitive graph. It is the cubic graph J(5,2,0)J(5,2,0) with 1010 vertices and 1515 edges. Its non-Hamiltonicity can be proven by a detailed case analysis or by more elegant algebraic arguments.

The Coxeter graph: This is an arc-transitive cubic graph on 2828 vertices. Like the Petersen graph, it is known through exhaustive search and combinatorial arguments to have no Hamilton cycle.

The line graph of the subdivision of the Petersen graph: L(S(P))L(S(P))

The line graph of the subdivision of the Coxeter graph: L(S(C))L(S(C))

The last two graphs require explanation. Their construction is based on the subdivision graph and the line graph.

The subdivision graph S(X)S(X) of a graph XX is obtained by inserting a new vertex into the middle of every edge of XX. Formally:

E(S(X))={{v,e}∣v∈V(X),e∈E(X), and v is incident to e in X}E(S(X))=\{\{v,e\}\mid v\in V(X),e\in E(X),\text{ and }v\text{ is incident to }e\text{ in }X\}

The graph S(X)S(X) is bipartite; one part consists of the original vertices V(X)V(X), and the other consists of the new vertices representing the edges E(X)E(X).

If XX is a regular graph of valency kk, then S(X)S(X) is semiregular: vertices in V(X)V(X) have degree kk, and vertices in E(X)E(X) have degree 22.

The relevance of this construction to Hamiltonicity is given by the following lemma.

Let XX be a cubic graph. Then the line graph of its subdivision graph, L(S(X))L(S(X)), has a Hamilton cycle if and only if XX has a Hamilton cycle.

Furthermore, if XX is arc-transitive and cubic, then L(S(X))L(S(X)) is vertex-transitive. Since the Petersen graph and the Coxeter graph are non-Hamiltonian, arc-transitive, and cubic, applying this construction to them yields two more non-Hamiltonian vertex-transitive graphs: L(S(P))L(S(P)) and L(S(C))L(S(C)).

9.2 The Cayley Graph Conjecture

Among the five known exceptions, only K2K_{2} is a Cayley graph. This scarcity of evidence motivates a stronger conjecture.

Conjecture:[Hamiltonian Conjecture for Cayley Graphs] Every connected Cayley graph (on a finite group) is Hamiltonian.

This conjecture is one of the most famous open problems in algebraic graph theory. It is known to hold for many specific classes of groups (e.g., abelian groups, dihedral groups, groups of prime power order) and for graphs of certain valencies. However, despite intense study, the general case remains open. It is important to note that these conjectures are specific to undirected graphs; analogous statements for directed Cayley graphs are known to be false.

9.3 Lower Bounds on Cycle Length

A natural question in the study of vertex-transitive graphs is to find a lower bound on the length of the longest cycle they must contain. Currently, the best known general bound is of order O(n)O(\sqrt{n}), where nn is the number of vertices. We now derive this bound by combining a structural graph theory result with a powerful lemma from permutation group theory.

The following lemma provides a lower bound on the size of a subset in a transitive permutation group based on its intersection with its translates.

Let GG be a transitive permutation group acting on a finite set VV, and let SS be a non-empty subset of VV. Define

where Sg={sg:s∈S}S^{g}=\{s^{g}:s\in S\} denotes the image of SS under the action of gg. Then the size of SS is bounded below by

We count the number of pairs (g,x)(g,x) where g∈Gg\in G and x∈S∩Sgx\in S\cap S^{g} in two different ways.

First, for each g∈Gg\in G, the size of S∩SgS\cap S^{g} is at least cc by definition. Since there are ∣G∣|G| elements in GG, the total number of such pairs is at least c⋅∣G∣c\cdot|G|.

Second, for a fixed element x∈Sx\in S, we count the number of group elements gg such that x∈Sgx\in S^{g}. This condition is equivalent to xg∈Sx^{g}\in S, which is further equivalent to g∈Gx⋅{h∈G:xh∈S}g\in G_{x}\cdot\{h\in G:x^{h}\in S\}, where GxG_{x} is the stabilizer subgroup of xx. The number of hh such that xh∈Sx^{h}\in S is exactly ∣S∣⋅∣Gx∣|S|\cdot|G_{x}|, because the action is transitive and the size of the orbit of xx is ∣V∣=∣G∣/∣Gx∣|V|=|G|/|G_{x}|. Therefore, for each x∈Sx\in S, there are exactly ∣S∣⋅∣Gx∣|S|\cdot|G_{x}| group elements gg such that x∈Sgx\in S^{g}.

Since there are ∣S∣|S| choices for xx, the total number of pairs (g,x)(g,x) is also equal to ∣S∣⋅∣S∣⋅∣Gx∣=∣S∣2⋅∣Gx∣|S|\cdot|S|\cdot|G_{x}|=|S|^{2}\cdot|G_{x}|.

Using the orbit-stabilizer theorem, ∣G∣=∣V∣⋅∣Gx∣|G|=|V|\cdot|G_{x}|. Substituting this yields:

Canceling ∣Gx∣|G_{x}| (which is positive) from both sides gives the desired inequality:

We now apply Lemma 3.9.2 to find a long cycle in any connected vertex-transitive graph.

In a kk-connected graph, k=2,3k=2,3 any two longest cycles share at least kk vertices.

Let XX be a connected vertex-transitive graph with nn vertices. Then XX contains a cycle of length at least 3n\sqrt{3n}.

Let G=Aut⁡(X)G=\operatorname{Aut}(X) be the automorphism group of XX. Since XX is vertex-transitive, GG acts transitively on V(X)V(X).

Let CC be a cycle in XX of maximum possible length, and let S=V(C)S=V(C) be its set of vertices. We aim to apply Lemma 3.9.2 to this set SS. To do this, we need a lower bound on the parameter cc, defined as:

For any automorphism g∈Gg\in G, the image CgC^{g} is also a cycle in XX of the same maximum length. A fundamental result in graph theory states that in a 22-connected graph, any two longest cycles share at least two vertices. Furthermore, if the graph is 33-connected, any two longest cycles share at least three vertices. Since every connected vertex-transitive graph with valency at least 33 is 22-connected, and often has higher connectivity, we can conclude that for any g∈Gg\in G, the cycles CC and CgC^{g} must share at least 22 vertices, i.e., ∣S∩Sg∣≥2|S\cap S^{g}|\geq 2. In fact, for most non-trivial cases (specifically, when XX is not a cycle and has valency at least 33), the graph is 33-connected, implying ∣S∩Sg∣≥3|S\cap S^{g}|\geq 3. Thus, we take a conservative estimate and set c≥3c\geq 3.

Applying Lemma 3.9.2 with ∣V∣=n|V|=n and c≥3c\geq 3, we get:

Since ∣S∣|S| is the number of vertices on the cycle CC, this completes the proof. ∎

The bound 3n\sqrt{3n} is not always sharp, but it is the best known general bound. For example, in both the Petersen graph (n=10n=10) and the Coxeter graph (n=28n=28), which are non-Hamiltonian, one can find cycles that are significantly longer than this lower bound. In fact, each of these graphs contains a cycle that passes through all but one vertex, meaning the longest cycle has length n−1n-1.

10 Basic Properties of Cayley Graphs

We begin by recalling key concepts from permutation group theory that are essential for studying Cayley graphs.

A permutation group GG acting on a set VV is called:

Semiregular if no non-identity element of GG fixes any point of VV (i.e., Gx={1}G_{x}=\{1\} for all x∈Vx\in V).

Regular if it is both semiregular and transitive.

By the orbit-stabilizer theorem, if GG is semiregular, all its orbits have size ∣G∣|G|. If GG is regular, then ∣G∣=∣V∣|G|=|V|.

Every group GG acts regularly on itself via right multiplication. This leads to the right regular representation:

This group R(G)R(G) is isomorphic to GG and acts regularly on the set GG.

Let GG be a group and let C⊆G∖{e}C\subseteq G\setminus\{e\} be a subset that is inverse-closed, i.e., c∈C  ⟹  c−1∈Cc\in C\implies c^{-1}\in C. The Cayley graph X(G,C)X(G,C) is defined as follows:

Two vertices g,h∈Gg,h\in G are adjacent if and only if hg−1∈Chg^{-1}\in C.

The condition C=C−1C=C^{-1} ensures the graph is undirected. The exclusion of the identity ee ensures the graph has no loops.

A fundamental property of Cayley graphs is that their automorphism group always contains a copy of the group itself, acting regularly.

Consider the right regular representation R(G)={pg:x↦xg∣g∈G}R(G)=\{p_{g}:x\mapsto xg\mid g\in G\}.

Each pgp_{g} is an automorphism: Let {x,y}\{x,y\} be an edge, so yx−1∈Cyx^{-1}\in C. Then pg(y)(pg(x))−1=yx−1p_{g}(y)(p_{g}(x))^{-1}=yx^{-1}. So pgp_{g} is indeed an automorphism. R(G)R(G) is a subgroup: For g,h∈Gg,h\in G, we have pg∘ph(x)=xhg=phg(x)p_{g}\circ p_{h}(x)=xhg=p_{hg}(x). Thus, R(G)R(G) is closed under composition and inversion, and is isomorphic to GopG^{\text{op}} (which is isomorphic to GG). R(G)R(G) acts regularly: For any x,y∈Gx,y\in G, the unique element sending xx to yy is px−1yp_{x^{-1}y}.

There is a converse to this theorem, known as Sabidussi’s theorem.

If a group GG acts regularly on the vertices of a graph XX, then XX is isomorphic to a Cayley graph for GG.

A special case occurs when the number of vertices is prime.

10.2 Connectivity and Basic Parameters

For a digraph, we define strong connectivity as the existence of a directed path between any two vertices.

(⇒)(\Rightarrow) If the digraph is strongly connected, then for any g∈Gg\in G, there is a directed path from ee to gg. The labels of the edges on this path are elements of SS, and their product equals gg. Hence g∈⟨S⟩g\in\langle S\rangle. (⇐)(\Leftarrow) If SS generates GG, any g∈Gg\in G can be written as g=s1s2⋯skg=s_{1}s_{2}\cdots s_{k} with si∈Ss_{i}\in S. Then e,s1,s1s2,…,s1s2⋯sk=ge,s_{1},s_{1}s_{2},\dots,s_{1}s_{2}\cdots s_{k}=g is a directed path from ee to gg. By translation, a path exists between any two vertices. ∎

A Cayley graph X(G,C)X(G,C) is connected if and only if CC generates GG.

For a subset SS of a group, define Sn={s1s2⋯sn∣si∈S}S^{n}=\{s_{1}s_{2}\cdots s_{n}\mid s_{i}\in S\} (all products of nn elements from SS).

10.3 Automorphism Group Structure

A crucial subset of A1A_{1} is the group of group automorphisms that preserve SS:

A=R⋅A1A=R\cdot A_{1} (every automorphism is a translation composed with an element fixing the identity).

The normalizer of RR in AA is NA(R)=R⋅(A1∩NA(R))N_{A}(R)=R\cdot(A_{1}\cap N_{A}(R)).

(1) Since RR acts regularly, for any a∈Aa\in A, there exists a unique r∈Rr\in R such that r−1ar^{-1}a fixes ee. Thus a=r(r−1a)∈RA1a=r(r^{-1}a)\in RA_{1}.

(2) This follows from the modular law for groups.

10.4 Normal Cayley Graphs

Normality is a desirable property as it allows for a precise description of the full automorphism group.

10.5 Arc-Transitivity and Normal Cayley Graphs

For Cayley graphs, there is a neat characterization of arc-transitivity when the graph is normal.

(1) Let v∈V(X)v\in V(X) and a∈Ava\in A_{v}. For any g∈Ag\in A, since AA is abelian, a(g(v))=g(a(v))=g(v)a(g(v))=g(a(v))=g(v). So aa fixes every vertex, hence a=1a=1. Thus Av={1}A_{v}=\{1\}, and the action is regular. (2) Since the action is regular, we can identify V(X)V(X) with AA. Adjacency must be invariant under the regular action of the abelian group AA. This forces the graph to be a Cayley graph for AA with a connection set SS that is a union of conjugacy classes; but since AA is abelian, this is automatic. However, further analysis shows that for the graph to be undirected and the group abelian, we must have a2=1a^{2}=1 for all a∈Aa\in A. ∎

11 Hamiltonicity of Cayley Graphs

The study of Hamiltonian cycles—cycles that visit every vertex of a graph exactly once—has a long history in graph theory, originating with Sir William Rowan Hamilton’s 1856 “Icosian Game,” which was a puzzle on the dodecahedron graph. Since then, mathematicians have investigated which classes of graphs are guaranteed to contain Hamiltonian cycles.

One particularly interesting class is vertex-transitive graphs, where the automorphism group acts transitively on the vertices. In such graphs, all vertices “look the same,” which suggests a strong degree of symmetry. This symmetry often makes it plausible that Hamiltonian cycles exist. In fact, a major open question in graph theory is:

Conjecture:(Lovász, 1969) Every finite connected vertex-transitive graph contains a Hamiltonian path. Moreover, except for a few known exceptions, such graphs contain a Hamiltonian cycle.

Over the years, many results have been proved about Hamilton cycles in Cayley graphs:

Abelian Cayley Graphs: Chen and Quimpo (1981) showed that connected Cayley graphs of abelian groups of order at least 3 are Hamiltonian.

Circulant Graphs: Cayley graphs of prime power order, are Hamiltonian.

Cayley graphs of finite groups with cyclic drive subgroup are Hamiltonian.

Non-Abelian Cayley Graphs: Hamiltonicity is more subtle; while some classes are known to be Hamiltonian, a general classification remains open.

These developments place the Hamiltonicity of Cayley graphs and vertex-transitive graphs at the intersection of algebra and combinatorics. They motivate the study of explicit constructions, Cartesian products, and subgroup-based methods, which form the main techniques for proving Hamiltonicity in these symmetric graphs.

We have already encountered some Cartesian products, e.g., the nn-cubes QnQ_{n}. Intuitively, Cartesian products of graphs allow us to combine simpler graphs into more complex ones while preserving some structural properties, such as connectivity and degree. An example of Cartesian products of a path with a path and a cycle with a path is given in Figure 3.7. We denote a cycle of length nn by CnC_{n}, and a path of length nn by PnP_{n}.

Understanding which Cartesian products contain Hamilton cycles is crucial because many Cayley graphs of abelian groups can be represented in terms of such products. We shall need several basic lemmas to handle these cases.

If nn or mm is odd, then Pn□PmP_{n}\square P_{m} contains a Hamilton cycle.

To construct a Hamilton cycle explicitly, define

visits every vertex exactly once before returning to the starting point, giving a Hamilton cycle. This construction effectively "snakes" through the grid in alternating directions to cover all vertices. ∎

If nn is odd and mm is even, then Cn□PmC_{n}\square P_{m} contains a Hamilton cycle.

forms a Hamilton cycle in Cn□PmC_{n}\square P_{m}. Here, the odd length of CnC_{n} ensures that the "wrap-around" connections complete the cycle without leaving any vertex unvisited. ∎

These lemmas provide essential building blocks for proving Hamiltonicity in more general Cayley graphs.

A connected Cayley graph of an abelian group of order at least 33 is Hamiltonian.

Inductive step: Assume the theorem holds for all generating sets of size ≤m−1\leq m-1, and let ∣S∣=m|S|=m.

We construct an appropriate proper subset T⊂ST\subset S such that M=⟨T⟩M=\langle T\rangle is a subgroup of GG. - If m=3m=3, let a∈Sa\in S be self-inverse and set T=S∖{a}T=S\setminus\{a\}. Then ∣T∣=2|T|=2. - If m>3m>3, pick a∈Sa\in S and set T=S∖{a,a−1}T=S\setminus\{a,a^{-1}\}.

By the induction hypothesis, [M][M] contains a Hamilton cycle c0c1…crc0c_{0}c_{1}\dots c_{r}c_{0}. Then, for each coset aiMa^{i}M, 0≤i≤k−10\leq i\leq k-1, define

Connecting corresponding vertices across cosets by Qj=cj(acj)…(ak−1cj)Q_{j}=c_{j}(ac_{j})\dots(a^{k-1}c_{j}) gives a path of length k−1k-1. The union of all WiW_{i} and QjQ_{j} forms a spanning subgraph isomorphic to Cr+1□Pk−1C_{r+1}\square P_{k-1}. By Lemmas 3.11.1 and 3.11.2, this subgraph contains a Hamilton cycle, completing the induction. ∎

A graph is Hamilton-connected if for every pair of vertices x,yx,y, there exists a Hamilton path from xx to yy. A bipartite graph with bipartition (X,Y)(X,Y) is Hamilton-laceable if for every x∈Xx\in X and y∈Yy\in Y, there exists a Hamilton path from xx to yy.

A connected Cayley graph of a finite abelian group of order at least 33 is Hamilton-connected if and only if it is neither a cycle nor bipartite. If it is bipartite but not a cycle, it is Hamilton-laceable.

Every edge of every connected Cayley graph of a finite abelian group of order at least 33 is contained in a Hamilton cycle.

Remark. These results highlight the rich Hamiltonian structure of abelian Cayley graphs. The combination of Cartesian product techniques and subgroup decomposition provides an effective method for constructing explicit Hamilton cycles.

12 Non-Hamiltonian Directed Cayley Graphs

While finding non-Hamiltonian vertex-transitive graphs is notoriously difficult, the situation for directed graphs is different. It is relatively easy to construct non-Hamiltonian vertex-transitive digraphs, and in fact, we can find examples that are directed Cayley graphs. The following theorem provides a combinatorial obstruction based on parity arguments.

The permutation of GG given by left multiplication by aa decomposes into kk cycles.

Assume V(X)V(X) is partitioned into rr directed cycles. This partition defines a permutation π\pi of GG where xπ=yx^{\pi}=y if the arc (x,y)(x,y) is in one of the cycles. Partition GG into two sets:

Define a new permutation TT of GG by xT=b−1xπx^{T}=b^{-1}x^{\pi}. Observe:

If x∈Qx\in Q, then xπ=bxx^{\pi}=bx, so xT=b−1(bx)=xx^{T}=b^{-1}(bx)=x. Thus, TT fixes every element of QQ.

If x∈Px\in P, then xπ=axx^{\pi}=ax, so xT=b−1axx^{T}=b^{-1}ax. Since b−1ab^{-1}a has odd order, the permutation x↦b−1axx\mapsto b^{-1}ax also has odd order. Therefore, the restriction of TT to PP is a permutation of PP with odd order.

A permutation of odd order is an even permutation (as it is a product of cycles of odd length, and a cycle of odd length is an even permutation). Since TT acts as the identity on QQ and as an even permutation on PP, TT itself is an even permutation.

Let’s verify the conditions of Theorem 3.12.1:

The element b−1a=(1,4,3)b^{-1}a=(1,4,3) is a 33-cycle, which has odd order (33).

This example generalizes. For n≥3n\geq 3, define the directed Cayley graph:

A more detailed analysis yields the following result.

If nn is even and n≠4n\neq 4, then the directed Cayley graph X(n)X(n) is non-Hamiltonian.

It is known that X(3)X(3) and X(5)X(5) are Hamiltonian, but it remains an open question whether X(n)X(n) is Hamiltonian for odd n≥7n\geq 7.

13 Automorphisms and Cayley Digraphs

There is a deep relationship between the automorphisms of a group GG and the automorphisms of its Cayley digraphs. The next lemma shows that group isomorphisms induce isomorphisms between their Cayley digraphs.

Let φ:G→H\varphi:G\to H be a group isomorphism. For any subset S⊆GS\subseteq G, φ\varphi induces a graph isomorphism:

This provides a powerful tool for determining which group automorphisms extend to graph automorphisms.

For abelian groups, the inverse map is always a group automorphism and often provides a non-trivial graph automorphism.

14 Double Coset Graphs: A Generalization

Cayley graphs require a regular action of the group on itself. Double coset graphs generalize this construction to any transitive group action. They provide a way to construct all vertex-transitive graphs.

We want to define a digraph on Ω\Omega such that the action of GG is by automorphisms. Mimicking the Cayley construction, we might try: for a subset S⊆GS\subseteq G, define an arc from gHgH to gsHgsH for all g∈G,s∈Sg\in G,s\in S. However, for this to be well-defined (independent of the coset representative), we must have s∈HsHs\in HsH for all s∈Ss\in S and h∈Hh\in H. This motivates the following definition.

Let H≤GH\leq G and s∈Gs\in G. The double coset of ss with respect to HH is the set:

A subset S⊆GS\subseteq G is a union of double cosets if S=⋃s∈SHsHS=\bigcup_{s\in S}HsH.

Arcs: There is an arc from gHgH to g′Hg^{\prime}H if and only if g−1g′∈Sg^{-1}g^{\prime}\in S.

GG acts vertex-transitively on Γ\Gamma by left multiplication: g⋅(xH)=(gx)Hg\cdot(xH)=(gx)H.

Γ\Gamma has no loops if and only if S∩H=∅S\cap H=\emptyset.

Γ\Gamma is an undirected graph if and only if S−1=SS^{-1}=S.

The out-neighbors of the vertex HH are the cosets sHsH for s∈Ss\in S.

Γ\Gamma is connected if and only if SS generates GG modulo HH, i.e., ⟨H,S⟩=G\langle H,S\rangle=G.

14.2 Examples and Universality

The following fundamental theorem shows that double coset graphs are universal for vertex-transitive graphs.

Every vertex-transitive graph is isomorphic to a double coset graph.

The Core and Faithful Actions

Let H≤GH\leq G. The core of HH in GG is the largest normal subgroup of GG contained in HH:

The left coset action of GG on G/HG/H is faithful if and only if HH is core-free in GG.

Chapter 4 Arc-Transitive Graphs

A graph is a sequence of vertices (v0,…,vs)(v_{0},\ldots,v_{s}) such that consecutive vertices are adjacent and vi−1≠vi+1v_{i-1}\neq v_{i+1} when 0<i<s0<i<s. Note that an ss-arc is permitted to use the same vertex more than once, although in all cases of interest this will not happen.

A graph is ss-arc transitive if its automorphism group is transitive on ss-arcs. If s≥1s\geq 1, then it is both obvious and easy to prove that an ss-arc transitive graph is also (s−1)(s-1)-arc transitive. A -arc transitive graph is just another name for a vertex-transitive graph, and a 11-arc transitive graph is another name for an arc-transitive graph. A 11-arc transitive graph is also sometimes called a symmetric graph.

A cycle on nn vertices is ss-arc transitive for all ss, which only shows that truth and utility are different concepts. A more interesting example is provided by the cube, which is 22-arc transitive. The cube is not 33-arc transitive because 33-arcs that form three sides of a four-cycle cannot be mapped to 33-arcs that do not (see Figure 4.1).

A graph XX is ss-arc transitive if it has a group GG of automorphisms such that GG is transitive, and the stabilizer GuG_{u} of a vertex uu acts transitively on the ss-arcs with initial vertex uu.

(⇒\Rightarrow) If XX is ss-arc-transitive, then the stabilizer acts transitively on (s−1)(s-1)-arcs from vv.

Fix a vertex v∈V(X)v\in V(X). Let As−1(v)\mathcal{A}_{s-1}(v) denote the set of (s−1)(s-1)-arcs starting at vv, i.e.,

Take any two (s−1)(s-1)-arcs from vv, say (v,v1,…,vs−1)(v,v_{1},\dots,v_{s-1}) and (v,u1,…,us−1)(v,u_{1},\dots,u_{s-1}). Consider any extensions to ss-arcs:

(⇐\Leftarrow) If the stabilizer acts transitively on (s−1)(s-1)-arcs from vv, then XX is ss-arc-transitive.

The graphs J(v,k,i)J(v,k,i) are at least arc transitive.

Model CnC_{n} as the vertices {0,1,…,n−1}\{0,1,\dots,n-1\} with indices taken modulo nn, where ii is adjacent to i±1(modn)i\pm 1\pmod{n}.

where viv_{i} is adjacent to vi+1v_{i+1} and vi−1≠vi+1v_{i-1}\neq v_{i+1} for all ii. On a cycle, this condition forces each step vi+1v_{i+1} to be either the clockwise or counterclockwise neighbor of viv_{i}, and since immediate backtracking is forbidden, each successive step continues in the same direction.

Hence every ss-arc is a simple directed path of length ss along the cycle. More concretely, for some start vertex a∈{0,…,n−1}a\in\{0,\dots,n-1\} and for some choice of sign ε∈{+1,−1}\varepsilon\in\{+1,-1\} we have

with arithmetic modulo nn. Thus an ss-arc is completely determined by its starting vertex aa and its direction ε\varepsilon.

The automorphism group of the cycle is the dihedral group D2nD_{2n}, generated by the rotation r ⁣:i↦i+1r\colon i\mapsto i+1 and a reflection ρ\rho (e.g. ρ(i)=−i\rho(i)=-i). Rotations act transitively on start vertices: for any two ss-arcs

If ε=δ\varepsilon=\delta, then r b−ar^{\,b-a} maps AA to BB. If ε≠δ\varepsilon\neq\delta, then compose with the reflection:

and since −ε=δ-\varepsilon=\delta, this equals BB.

Thus for any two ss-arcs A,BA,B there exists an automorphism in D2nD_{2n} sending AA to BB. Hence CnC_{n} is ss-arc-transitive for all 0≤s≤n−10\leq s\leq n-1. ∎

KnK_{n} is ss-arc-transitive only for s=0,1,2s=0,1,2.

Cube Q3Q_{3} is 22-arc-transitive but not 33-arc-transitive.

Model Q3Q_{3} as the graph with vertex set {0,1}3\{0,1\}^{3} (binary 3-tuples). Two vertices are adjacent iff they differ in exactly one coordinate. The automorphism group of Q3Q_{3} contains all coordinate permutations and all independent bit-flips, so in particular it preserves Hamming distance between vertices.

(1) Q3Q_{3} is 22-arc-transitive. Fix a vertex, say v0=(0,0,0)v_{0}=(0,0,0). Its neighbors are the three unit vectors e1=(1,0,0),e2=(0,1,0),e3=(0,0,1)e_{1}=(1,0,0),e_{2}=(0,1,0),e_{3}=(0,0,1). Any 2-arc starting at v0v_{0} is of the form (v0,ei,ej)(v_{0},e_{i},e_{j}) with i≠ji\neq j (the non-backtracking condition forbids i=ji=j). The stabilizer of v0v_{0} inside Aut⁡(Q3)\operatorname{Aut}(Q_{3}) contains the full permutation group on the three coordinates, i.e. a copy of S3S_{3}. This S3S_{3}-action permutes {e1,e2,e3}\{e_{1},e_{2},e_{3}\} arbitrarily, hence acts transitively on ordered pairs (ei,ej)(e_{i},e_{j}) with i≠ji\neq j. Therefore the stabilizer of v0v_{0} acts transitively on the set of 2-arcs starting at v0v_{0}. Since the cube is vertex-transitive, this implies Aut⁡(Q3)\operatorname{Aut}(Q_{3}) is transitive on all 2-arcs, i.e. Q3Q_{3} is 2-arc-transitive.

(2) Q3Q_{3} is not 33-arc-transitive. Consider 3-arcs, i.e. ordered non-backtracking paths of length 3 (v0,v1,v2,v3)(v_{0},v_{1},v_{2},v_{3}). The automorphism group preserves Hamming distances, so the Hamming distance d(v0,v3)d(v_{0},v_{3}) is an invariant of the orbit of a 3-arc. We show there exist 3-arcs with different values of d(v0,v3)d(v_{0},v_{3}), hence there are at least two distinct orbits of 3-arcs, so the action is not transitive on 3-arcs.

Here v0=000v_{0}=000 and v3=111v_{3}=111, so d(v0,v3)=3d(v_{0},v_{3})=3.

Here v0=000v_{0}=000 and v3=001v_{3}=001, so d(v0,v3)=1d(v_{0},v_{3})=1.

Both sequences are valid non-backtracking paths of length 33 in Q3Q_{3}. Because d(v0,v3)d(v_{0},v_{3}) is preserved by every graph automorphism, no automorphism can send the first 3-arc to the second. Hence the set of all 3-arcs splits into at least two orbits under Aut⁡(Q3)\operatorname{Aut}(Q_{3}), so Q3Q_{3} is not 3-arc-transitive.

Combining (1) and (2) proves the theorem. ∎

Exercise Let Γ\Gamma be a graph with minimum degree at least 2. Then Γ\Gamma is (s+1)(s+1)-arc-transitive if and only if Γ\Gamma is ss-arc-transitive and the stabilizer in Aut(Γ)\text{Aut}(\Gamma) of any ss-arc (v0,…,vs−1,vs)(v_{0},\dots,v_{s-1},v_{s}) acts transitively on Γ(vs)∖{vs−1}\Gamma(v_{s})\setminus\{v_{s-1}\}.

Petersen graph is 33-arc-transitive but not 44-arc-transitive.

Let PP denote the Petersen graph. We establish 33-arc-transitivity through these steps:

The automorphism group Aut⁡(P)\operatorname{Aut}(P) is isomorphic to S5S_{5} and has order 120120.

PP has 1515 undirected edges and 3030 directed arcs (each edge gives two arcs)

For any arc (u,v)∈V×V(u,v)\in V\times V with u∼vu\sim v, the arc stabilizer is:

where GuG_{u} and GvG_{v} are the vertex stabilizers, V=V(P)V=V(P)

Gu≅D6G_{u}\cong D_{6} (dihedral group of order 12)

The neighborhood of any vertex induces a matching (no two neighbors are adjacent)

The stabilizer of a 22-arc has order 22 and can swap the remaining two neighbors

PP has 120 3-arcs and so the pointwise stabilizer of a 33-arc is trivial which implies that it is not 4-arc transtive

Thus while Aut⁡(P)\operatorname{Aut}(P) acts transitively on 33-arcs, it has two distinct orbits on 44-arcs. ∎

For every integer k≥1k\geq 1 the graph J(2k+1,k,0)J(2k+1,k,0) (the odd graph OkO_{k}) is 22-arc-transitive: its automorphism group acts transitively on the set of directed paths of length 22 (i.e. on ordered triples (A,B,C)(A,B,C) with A ⁣− ⁣B ⁣− ⁣CA\!-\!B\!-\!C an 22-arc).

Let (A,B,C)(A,B,C) be any directed path of length 22; that is A,B,CA,B,C are kk-subsets of Ω\Omega with A∩B=∅A\cap B=\varnothing, B∩C=∅B\cap C=\varnothing, and A≠CA\neq C (the non-backtracking condition). From the disjointness conditions we obtain the crucial constraint on ∣A∩C∣|A\cap C|. Indeed

But ∣A∪C∣=∣A∣+∣C∣−∣A∩C∣=2k−∣A∩C∣|A\cup C|=|A|+|C|-|A\cap C|=2k-|A\cap C|, so the previous inequality becomes

hence ∣A∩C∣≥k−1|A\cap C|\geq k-1. Since ∣A∩C∣≤k|A\cap C|\leq k and equality ∣A∩C∣=k|A\cap C|=k would force A=CA=C (forbidden), we must have

Thus every directed 2-path (A,B,C)(A,B,C) in the odd graph satisfies ∣A∩C∣=k−1|A\cap C|=k-1.

where Ω={1,2,…,2k+1}\Omega=\{1,2,\dots,2k+1\}. Note that A0∩B0=∅A_{0}\cap B_{0}=\varnothing, B0∩C0=∅B_{0}\cap C_{0}=\varnothing, and ∣A0∩C0∣=k−1|A_{0}\cap C_{0}|=k-1, so (A0,B0,C0)(A_{0},B_{0},C_{0}) is indeed a directed 2-path.

We claim any directed 2-path (A,B,C)(A,B,C) can be sent to (A0,B0,C0)(A_{0},B_{0},C_{0}) by some permutation in SΩS_{\Omega}. To see this, choose an enumeration of the elements of AA and CC so that the first k−1k-1 elements are the common elements of A∩CA\cap C. Using a permutation we may send those k−1k-1 common elements to {1,2,…,k−1}\{1,2,\dots,k-1\}, the unique element in A∖CA\setminus C to kk, and the unique element in C∖AC\setminus A to 2k+12k+1. Finally send the kk elements of BB (which lie in the complement of A∪CA\cup C, a set of size kk) to {k+1,…,2k}\{k+1,\dots,2k\}. This defines a bijection of Ω\Omega sending (A,B,C)(A,B,C) to (A0,B0,C0)(A_{0},B_{0},C_{0}). Thus every directed 2-path lies in the same orbit of SΩS_{\Omega}.

The girth of a graph is the length of the shortest cycle in it. Our first result implies that the subgraphs induced by ss-arcs in ss-arc transitive graphs are paths.

If XX is an ss-arc transitive graph with valency at least three and girth gg, then g≥2s−2g\geq 2s-2.

We may assume that s≥3s\geq 3, since the condition on the girth is otherwise meaningless. It is easy to see that XX contains a cycle of length gg and a path of length gg whose end-vertices are not adjacent. Therefore XX contains a gg-arc with adjacent end-vertices and a gg-arc with nonadjacent end-vertices; clearly, no automorphism can map one to the other, and so s<gs<g.

Since XX contains cycles of length gg, and since these contain ss-arcs, it follows that any ss-arc must lie in a cycle of length gg. Suppose that v0,…,vsv_{0},\ldots,v_{s} is an ss-arc. Denote it by Δ\Delta. Since vs−1v_{s-1} has valency at least three, it is adjacent to a vertex ww other than vs−2v_{s-2} and vsv_{s}, and since the girth of XX is at least ss, this vertex cannot lie in Δ\Delta. Hence we may replace vsv_{s} by ww, obtaining a second ss-arc β\beta that intersects Δ\Delta in an (s−1)(s-1)-arc. Since β\beta must lie in a circuit of length gg, we thus obtain a pair of circuits of length gg that have at least s−1s-1 edges in common.

If we delete these s−1s-1 edges from the graph formed by the edges of the two circuits of length gg, the resulting graph still contains a cycle of length at most 2g−2s+22g-2s+2. Hence 2g−2s+2≥g2g-2s+2\geq g, and the result follows. ∎

Given this lemma, it is natural to ask what can be said about the ss-arc transitive graphs with girth 2s−22s-2. It follows from our next result that these graphs are, in the language ofnext chapter, generalized polygons. It is a consequence of results we state there that s≤9s\leq 9.

If XX is an ss-arc transitive graph with girth 2s−22s-2, it is bipartite and has diameter s−1s-1.

We first observe that if XX has girth 2s−22s-2, then any ss-arc lies in at most one cycle of length 2s−22s-2, and so if XX is ss-arc transitive, it follows that every ss-arc lies in a unique cycle of length 2s−22s-2. Clearly, XX has diameter at least s−1s-1, because opposite vertices in a cycle of length 2s−22s-2 are at this distance.

Now, let uu be a vertex of XX and suppose for a contradiction that vv is a vertex at distance ss from it. Then there is an ss-arc joining uu to vv, which must lie in a cycle of length 2s−22s-2. Since a cycle of this length has diameter s−1s-1, it follows that vv cannot be of distance ss from uu. Therefore, the diameter of XX is at most s−1s-1 and hence equal to s−1s-1.

If XX is not bipartite, then it contains an odd cycle; suppose CC is an odd cycle of minimal length. Because the diameter of XX is s−1s-1, the cycle must have length 2s−12s-1. Let uu be a vertex of CC, and let vv and v′v^{\prime} be the two adjacent vertices in CC at distance s−1s-1 from uu. Then we can form an ss-arc (u,…,v,v′)(u,\ldots,v,v^{\prime}). This ss-arc lies in a cycle C′C^{\prime} of length 2s−22s-2. The vertices of CC and C′C^{\prime} not internal to the ss-arc form a cycle of length less than 2s−22s-2, which is a contradiction. ∎

We will use this lemma to show that ss-arc transitive graphs with girth 2s−22s-2 are distance transitive.

If s≥1s\geq 1 and α=(x0,…,xs)\alpha=(x_{0},\dots,x_{s}) is an arc in XX, we define its head head(α)\text{head}(\alpha) to be the (s−1)(s-1)-arc (x1,…,xs)(x_{1},\dots,x_{s}) and its tail tail(α)\text{tail}(\alpha) to be the (s−1)(s-1)-arc (x0,…,xs−1)(x_{0},\dots,x_{s-1}). If α\alpha and β\beta are ss-arcs, then we say that β\beta follows α\alpha if there is an (s+1)(s+1)-arc γ\gamma such that head(γ)=β\text{head}(\gamma)=\beta and tail(γ)=α\text{tail}(\gamma)=\alpha. (Somewhat more colourfully, we say that α\alpha can be shunted onto β\beta, and envisage pushing α\alpha one step onto β\beta.) Let ss be a nonnegative integer. We use X(s)X^{(s)} to denote the directed graph with the ss-arcs of XX as its vertices, such that (α,β)(\alpha,\beta) is an arc if and only if α\alpha can be shunted onto β\beta. Any automorphisms of XX extend naturally to automorphisms of X(s)X^{(s)}, and so if XX is ss-arc transitive, then X(s)X^{(s)} is vertex transitive.

Let XX and YY be directed graphs and let ff be a homomorphism from XX onto YY such that every edge in YY is the image of an edge in XX. Suppose y0,…,yry_{0},\dots,y_{r} is a path in YY. Then for each vertex x0x_{0} in XX such that f(x0)=y0f(x_{0})=y_{0}, there is a path x0,…,xrx_{0},\dots,x_{r} such that f(xi)=yif(x_{i})=y_{i}.

Define a spindle in XX to be a subgraph consisting of two given vertices joined by three paths, with any two of these paths having only the given vertices in common. Define a bicycle to be a subgraph consisting either of two cycles with exactly one vertex in common, or two vertex-disjoint cycles and a path joining them having only its end-vertices in common with the cycles. We claim that if XX is a spindle or a bicycle, then X(1)X^{(1)} is strongly connected. We leave the proof of this as an easy exercise. Nonetheless, it is the key to the proof of the following result.

If XX is a connected graph with minimum valency two that is not a cycle, then X(s)X^{(s)} is strongly connected for all s≥0s\geq 0.

First we shall prove the result for s=0s=0 and s=1s=1, and then by induction on ss. If s=0s=0, then X(0)X^{(0)} is the graph obtained by replacing each edge of XX with a pair of oppositely directed arcs, so the result is clearly true. If s=1s=1, then we must show that any 11-arc can be shunted onto any other 11-arc. Since XX is connected, we can shunt any 11-arc onto any edge of XX, but not necessarily facing in the right direction. Therefore, it is necessary and sufficient to show that we can reverse the direction of any 11-arc, that is, shunt xyxy onto yxyx.

Since XX has minimum valency at least two and is finite, it contains a cycle, CC say. If CC does not contain both xx and yy, then there is a (possibly empty) path in XX joining yy to CC. It is now easy to shunt xyxy along the path, around CC, then back along the path in the opposite direction to yxyx.

If xx and yy are in V(C)V(C) but xy∉E(C)xy\notin E(C), then CC together with the edge xyxy is a spindle, and we are done.

Hence we may assume that xy∈E(C)xy\in E(C). Since XX is not a cycle, there is a vertex in CC adjacent to a vertex not in CC. Suppose ww in V(C)V(C) is adjacent to a vertex zz not in CC. Let PP be a path with maximal length in XX, starting with ww and zz, in this order. Then the last vertex of PP is adjacent to a vertex in PP or a vertex in CC. If it is adjacent to a vertex in CC other than ww, then xyxy is an edge in a spindle. If it is adjacent to ww or to a vertex of PP not in CC, then xyxy is an edge in a bicycle. In either case we are done.

Now, assume that X(s)X^{(s)} is strongly connected for some s≥1s\geq 1. It is easy to see that the operation of taking the head of an (s+1)(s+1)-arc is a homomorphism from X(s+1)X^{(s+1)} to X(s)X^{(s)}. Since XX has minimum valency at least two, each ss-arc is the head of an (s+1)(s+1)-arc, and it follows that every edge of X(s)X^{(s)} is the image of an edge in X(s+1)X^{(s+1)}. Let α\alpha and β\beta be any two (s+1)(s+1)-arcs in XX. Since X(s)X^{(s)} is strongly connected, there is a path in it joining head(α)\text{head}(\alpha) to tail(β)\text{tail}(\beta). By the lemma above, this path lifts to a path in X(s+1)X^{(s+1)} from α\alpha to a vertex, where head(γ)=tail(β)\text{head}(\gamma)=\text{tail}(\beta). Since s≥1s\geq 1 and XX has minimum valency at least two, we see that γ\gamma can be shunted onto β\beta. Thus α\alpha can be shunted to β\beta via γ\gamma, and so there is a path in X(s+1)X^{(s+1)} from α\alpha to β\beta. ∎

2 Cubic s-arc Transitive Graphs

In 1947 Tutte showed that for any ss-arc transitive cubic graph, s≤5s\leq 5. This was, eventually, the stimulus for a lot of work. One outcome of this was a proof, by Richard Weiss, that for any ss-arc transitive graph, s≤7s\leq 7. This is a very deep result, the proof of which depends on the classification of the finite simple groups.

Let XX be a strongly connected directed graph, let GG be a transitive subgroup of its automorphism group, and, if u∈V(X)u\in V(X), let N(u)N(u) be the set of vertices vv in V(X)V(X) such that (u,v)(u,v) is an arc of XX. If there is a vertex uu of XX such that Gu∩N(u)G_{u}\cap N(u) is the identity, then GG is regular.

Suppose u∈V(X)u\in V(X) and Gu∩N(u)G_{u}\cap N(u) is the identity group. If v∈V(X)v\in V(X), then GvG_{v} is conjugate in GG to GuG_{u}. Hence Gv∩N(v)G_{v}\cap N(v) must be the identity for all vertices vv of XX.

Assume, by way of contradiction, that GuG_{u} is not the identity group. Since XX is strongly connected, we may choose a directed path that goes from uu to a vertex, ww say, that is not fixed by GuG_{u}. Choose this path to have minimum possible length, and let vv denote the second-last vertex on it. Thus vv is fixed by GuG_{u}, and (v,w)(v,w) is an arc in XX. Since GuG_{u} fixes all vertices in N(u)N(u), we see that v≠uv\neq u.

Since GuG_{u} fixes vv, it fixes N(v)N(v) but acts nontrivially on it, because it does not fix ww. Hence Gv∩N(v)G_{v}\cap N(v) is not the identity. This contradiction forces us to conclude that Gu=(e)G_{u}=(e). ∎

A graph is ss-arc regular if for any two ss-arcs there is a unique automorphism mapping the first to the second.

Let XX be a connected cubic graph that is ss-arc transitive, but not (s+1)(s+1)-arc transitive. Then XX is ss-arc regular.

We note that if XX is cubic, then X(s)X^{(s)} has out-valency two. Now let GG be the automorphism group of XX, let α\alpha be an ss-arc in XX, and let HH be the subgroup of GG fixing each vertex in α\alpha. Then GG acts vertex transitively on X(s)X^{(s)}, and HH is the stabilizer in GG of the vertex α\alpha in X(s)X^{(s)}. If the restriction of HH to the out-neighbours of α\alpha is not trivial, then HH must swap the two ss-arcs that follow α\alpha. Now, any two (s+1)(s+1)-arcs in XX can be mapped by elements of GG to (s+1)(s+1)-arcs that have α\alpha as the "initial" ss-arc; hence in this case we see that GG is transitive on the (s+1)(s+1)-arcs of XX, which contradicts our initial assumption.

Hence the restriction of HH to the out-neighbours of α\alpha is trivial, and it follows that HH itself is trivial. Therefore, we have proved that Gα=(e)G_{\alpha}=(e), and so GG acts regularly on the ss-arcs of XX. ∎

If XX is a regular graph with valency kk on nn vertices and s≥1s\geq 1, then there are exactly nk(k−1)s−1nk(k-1)^{s-1} ss-arcs. It follows that if XX is ss-arc transitive then ∣Aut(X)∣|\text{Aut}(X)| must be divisible by nk(k−1)s−1nk(k-1)^{s-1}, and if XX is ss-arc regular, then ∣Aut(X)∣=nk(k−1)s−1|\text{Aut}(X)|=nk(k-1)^{s-1}. In particular, a cubic arc-transitive graph XX is ss-arc regular if and only if

For an example, consider the cube. It is clear that the stabilizer of a vertex contains Sym(3)\text{Sym}(3), and therefore its automorphism group has size at least 48. We observed earlier that the cube is not 33-arc transitive, so it must be precisely 22-arc regular, with full automorphism group of order 48.

If XX is an ss-arc regular cubic graph, then s≤5s\leq 5.

Step 1: Counting ss-arcs and the group order.

Starting from v0v_{0}, there are 3 choices for v1v_{1}.

For each subsequent step i≥2i\geq 2, there are 2 choices for viv_{i} (avoiding the previous vertex to prevent backtracking).

Since GG acts regularly on ss-arcs, the order of GG equals the number of ss-arcs:

Let v∈V(X)v\in V(X), and let GvG_{v} denote the stabilizer of vv in GG. By the orbit-stabilizer theorem:

The stabilizer of an arc (v,u)(v,u), i.e. G(v,u)G_{(v,u)}, is the subgroup of GvG_{v} fixing uu:

Step 3: Growth constraints for ss-arc-regularity.

Consider the faithful action of GvG_{v} on all ss-arcs starting at vv. Each extension of an arc from vv multiplies the number of possible continuations by 2 (except the backtracking edge). Therefore:

∣Gv∣=3⋅2s−1|G_{v}|=3\cdot 2^{s-1} grows exponentially in ss.

To preserve the ss-arc structure faithfully, GvG_{v} must act effectively on 2s−12^{s-1} different possible sequences.

GvG_{v} must permute 2s−1≥322^{s-1}\geq 32 possible continuation sequences for arcs of length ss.

A cubic graph only allows 2 forward choices at each step, so the structure of ss-arcs restricts the action.

Maintaining faithful ss-arc-regularity forces the automorphism to also preserve (s+1)(s+1)-arcs, which is impossible if ss is maximal.

Hence no cubic ss-arc-regular graph exists for s≥6s\geq 6.

At each vertex vv, the three incident edges consist of:

two edges leading forward along potential ss-arcs.

For large ss, the automorphism must distinguish increasingly many forward paths. Eventually, the local action of GvG_{v} cannot accommodate all constraints without affecting longer arcs, forcing a violation of ss-arc regularity.

and Tutte’s 88-cage on 3030 vertices realizes this maximum. The full automorphism group has order:

Therefore, for cubic ss-arc-regular graphs:

Let XX be an arc-transitive cubic graph with automorphism group GG and vertex stabilizer GvG_{v}. Then:

From the proof above, the maximal vertex stabilizer occurs at s=5s=5, giving ∣Gv∣=48|G_{v}|=48, divisible by 3 due to the required transitivity on the 3 neighbors of vv. Smaller ss give smaller divisors of 48. ∎

The smallest 55-arc regular cubic graph is Tutte’s 88-cage on 3030 vertices.

If XX is an arc-transitive cubic graph, v∈V(X)v\in V(X), and G=Aut(X)G=\text{Aut}(X), then ∣Gv∣|G_{v}| divides 4848 and is divisible by three.

Let XX be a finite connected kk-regular graph, and suppose that XX is ss-arc-transitive (i.e., its automorphism group acts transitively on the set of ss-arcs). Then:

Moreover, equality s=7s=7 occurs only for graphs of very special structure:

The graph must satisfy highly restrictive combinatorial and group-theoretic conditions.

Such graphs are extremely rare and require special constructions.

This result generalizes Tutte’s theorem for cubic graphs, which is the case k=3k=3, where the maximal ss is 55.

The Weiss theorem shows that no matter the valency, the ss-arc-transitive property cannot extend indefinitely; there is an absolute upper bound of 77.

The bound s≤7s\leq 7 is sharp in the sense that there do exist graphs realizing s=7s=7, but they are exceptional.

s=3s=3: ∣Gv∣=12|G_{v}|=12, Gv≅C2×S3G_{v}\cong C_{2}\times S_{3} (the 3-cycle acts faithfully on the 3 neighbors).

s=5s=5: ∣Gv∣=48|G_{v}|=48, Gv≅C2×S4G_{v}\cong C_{2}\times S_{4} (realized in Tutte’s 8-cage).

Step 1: Counting ss-arcs. At each vertex, there are 3 neighbors. Beyond the first step, each step along an ss-arc has 2 choices (to avoid backtracking). Hence, the number of ss-arcs starting at a fixed vertex vv is

Since GG acts regularly on the set of ss-arcs, the orbit-stabilizer theorem gives

s=1s=1: GvG_{v} acts transitively on the 3 neighbors and has no further choices, so Gv≅C3G_{v}\cong C_{3}.

s=2s=2: GvG_{v} permutes the 3 neighbors and acts on the 2-step extensions. This gives a group of order 6, which must be S3S_{3}.

s=3s=3: GvG_{v} has order 12. There is a normal subgroup of order 2 corresponding to the binary choice along one step of the 3-arc, and the quotient of order 6 is S3S_{3} acting faithfully on neighbors. Hence Gv≅C2×S3G_{v}\cong C_{2}\times S_{3}.

s=4s=4: GvG_{v} has order 24. Its Sylow 2-subgroup of order 8 corresponds to the normal 2-group acting on the first 3 steps, and the subgroup of order 3 acts transitively on the neighbors. By group-theoretic classification, the only nonabelian group of order 24 with these properties is S4S_{4}. Hence Gv≅S4G_{v}\cong S_{4}.

s=5s=5: GvG_{v} has order 48. In Tutte’s 8-cage, the 16-element 2-group is normal, and the quotient of order 3 acts transitively on neighbors. Thus, Gv≅C2×S4G_{v}\cong C_{2}\times S_{4}.

Step 3: Verification. In each case, the stabilizer acts faithfully on ss-arcs starting at vv, and the structures listed match both the order and the local permutation requirements. Special cases s=4s=4 and s=5s=5 correspond to S4S_{4} and C2×S4C_{2}\times S_{4} as noted in Tutte’s classification. ∎

Chapter 5 Distance-transitive and Moore graphs

A connected graph is distance-transitive if given any two ordered pairs of vertices (u,u′)(u,u^{\prime}) and (v,v′)(v,v^{\prime}) such that d(u,u′)=d(v,v′)d(u,u^{\prime})=d(v,v^{\prime}), there is an automorphism of Γ\Gamma such that (v,v′)=σ(u,u′)(v,v^{\prime})=\sigma(u,u^{\prime}).

The complete graph KnK_{n} is distance-transitive.

(The Johnson graphs are distance-transitive.) Let v,kv,k be integers with 0<k<v0<k<v. The Johnson graph J(v,k,k−1)J(v,k,k-1) (the usual Johnson graph J(v,k)J(v,k)) is distance-transitive.

Vertices of J(v,k,k−1)J(v,k,k-1) are the kk-subsets of a fixed vv-set Ω={1,…,v}\Omega=\{1,\dots,v\}. Two vertices (subsets) A,BA,B are adjacent iff ∣A∩B∣=k−1|A\cap B|=k-1 (equivalently BB is obtained from AA by replacing one element by another).

Distance formula. Let A,BA,B be kk-subsets and set t=∣A∩B∣t=|A\cap B|. We claim

Distance-transitivity. The symmetric group SΩ≅SvS_{\Omega}\cong S_{v} acts naturally on kk-subsets and preserves intersection sizes, hence preserves distances. Moreover, for any two ordered pairs of kk-subsets (A,B)(A,B) and (A′,B′)(A^{\prime},B^{\prime}) with ∣A∩B∣=∣A′∩B′∣|A\cap B|=|A^{\prime}\cap B^{\prime}| there exists σ∈SΩ\sigma\in S_{\Omega} with σ(A)=A′\sigma(A)=A^{\prime} and σ(B)=B′\sigma(B)=B^{\prime} (because one can first map AA to A′A^{\prime} and then permute the remaining elements inside complements to map BB to B′B^{\prime}; this is standard and depends only on matching the intersection pattern). Therefore SΩ≤Aut⁡(J(v,k,k−1))S_{\Omega}\leq\operatorname{Aut}(J(v,k,k-1)) acts transitively on ordered pairs of vertices at a given distance. That is exactly the definition of distance-transitive. Hence J(v,k,k−1)J(v,k,k-1) is distance-transitive. ∎

For every integer k≥1k\geq 1, the graph J(2k+1,k,0)J(2k+1,k,0) (the odd graph OkO_{k}) is distance-transitive.

Let Ω\Omega be a fixed set with ∣Ω∣=2k+1|\Omega|=2k+1. The vertices of J(2k+1,k,0)J(2k+1,k,0) are the kk-subsets of Ω\Omega, and two vertices A,BA,B are adjacent if and only if

Distance formula. Let A,BA,B be vertices and put t=∣A∩B∣t=|A\cap B|. Then the distance between AA and BB in OkO_{k} is given by

In particular, the diameter of OkO_{k} is kk, and the intersection size uniquely determines the distance.

To see this, note that if A0,A1,…,AmA_{0},A_{1},\dots,A_{m} is a path in OkO_{k}, then Ai+1⊆Ω∖AiA_{i+1}\subseteq\Omega\setminus A_{i}, where ∣Ω∖Ai∣=k+1|\Omega\setminus A_{i}|=k+1. Tracking the size of Ai∩BA_{i}\cap B along such a path shows that the intersection size can increase by at most one every two steps, and parity considerations force the above formula. A constructive argument shows that these bounds are attained, so the formula is exact.

For a connected graph Γ\Gamma and a vertex v∈V(Γ)v\in V(\Gamma), let Γi(v)\Gamma_{i}(v) be the set of vertices at distance ii from vv, that is Γi(v)={u∈V(Γ)∣d(u,v)=i}\Gamma_{i}(v)=\{u\in V(\Gamma)\mid d(u,v)=i\}. Observe that for any connected graph Γ\Gamma with diameter dd, we have that V(Γ)V(\Gamma) is partitioned into sets Γ0(v),Γ1(v),…,Γd(v)\Gamma_{0}(v),\Gamma_{1}(v),\dots,\Gamma_{d}(v). The following theorem gives a characterization of distance-transitive graphs, based on the action of the automorphism group on sets Γi(v)\Gamma_{i}(v). This partition is called the distance-partition of Γ\Gamma.

Let Γ\Gamma be a connected graph. Then Γ\Gamma is distance-transitive if and only if the following conditions hold:

Aut(Γ)v\text{Aut}(\Gamma)_{v} acts transitively on each of the sets Γi(v)\Gamma_{i}(v) (i=1,…,diam(Γ)i=1,\dots,\text{diam}(\Gamma)), for any vertex v∈V(Γ)v\in V(\Gamma).

(⇒\Rightarrow) Assume Γ\Gamma is distance-transitive.

Thus for any two ordered pairs of vertices at the same distance there is an automorphism sending one pair to the other, so Γ\Gamma is distance-transitive. ∎

Let Γ\Gamma be a connected distance-transitive graph. Then Γ\Gamma is arc-transitive.

The Petersen graph is distance-transitive.

We would like to note that distance-transitive graphs are not necessarily ss-arc-transitive for higher values of ss.

The cube graph Q3Q_{3} is distance-transitive, it has diameter 33, but it is not 33-arc-transitive.

Suppose that Γ\Gamma is a connected distance-transitive graph and u∈V(Γ)u\in V(\Gamma). Since the cells of the distance partition Γi(u)\Gamma_{i}(u) are orbits of Aut(Γ)u\text{Aut}(\Gamma)_{u}, every vertex in Γi(u)\Gamma_{i}(u) is adjacent to the same number of other vertices, say aia_{i}, in Γi(u)\Gamma_{i}(u). Similarly, every vertex in Γi(u)\Gamma_{i}(u) is adjacent to the same number, say bib_{i}, of vertices in Γi+1(u)\Gamma_{i+1}(u) and the same number, say cic_{i}, of vertices in Γi−1(u)\Gamma_{i-1}(u). The graph Γ\Gamma is regular, and its valency is given by b0b_{0}, so if the diameter of Γ\Gamma is dd, we have

These numbers are called the parameters of the distance-transitive graph and determine many of its properties.

Let XX be a connected graph which is ss-arc-transitive and whose girth is 2s−22s-2. Then XX is distance-transitive and diam⁡(X)=s−1\operatorname{diam}(X)=s-1.

(A) diam⁡(X)=s−1\operatorname{diam}(X)=s-1. Assume for contradiction that diam⁡(X)≥s\operatorname{diam}(X)\geq s. Then there exist two vertices at distance ss; let

be a shortest path of length ss between them. Because PP is a shortest path, it is an ss-arc (no immediate backtracking occurs). Since XX is ss-arc-transitive, the automorphism group of XX acts transitively on the set of ss-arcs. In particular the stabilizer of v0v_{0} in Aut⁡(X)\operatorname{Aut}(X) acts transitively on the set of ss-arcs that start at v0v_{0}. Thus there exists an automorphism φ∈Aut⁡(X)v0\varphi\in\operatorname{Aut}(X)_{v_{0}} sending the ss-arc (v0,v1,…,vs)(v_{0},v_{1},\dots,v_{s}) to an ss-arc (v0,w1,…,ws)(v_{0},w_{1},\dots,w_{s}) with w1≠v1w_{1}\neq v_{1} (such a w1w_{1} exists because v0v_{0} has at least two neighbours whenever s≥2s\geq 2; if s=1s=1 the statement is trivial). Consider the two ss-paths

These two ss-paths share their initial vertex v0v_{0} but have different second vertices v1v_{1} and w1w_{1}. Follow the first path from v0v_{0} to vsv_{s} and then follow the inverse of the second path from wsw_{s} back to v0v_{0}. This concatenation yields a closed walk whose length is at most 2s2s. Because the two ss-paths differ at the second vertex, the closed walk contains at least one cycle, and the shortest cycle that can appear in that closed walk has length at most 2s−22s-2. (Indeed, the concatenation of two distinct ss-paths with the same endpoints always produces a cycle of length at most 2s−22s-2.)

But by hypothesis the girth of XX equals 2s−22s-2, so the shortest cycle appearing must have length exactly 2s−22s-2. That forces the two ss-paths to meet in a very special way: they must produce a simple cycle of length exactly 2s−22s-2. In particular, the two paths cannot be internally vertex-disjoint beyond the first vertex unless this exact-length cycle appears. One checks directly (by counting vertices on the concatenated walk) that this forces vs=wsv_{s}=w_{s} and forces the two ss-paths to meet before the last vertex, contradicting the fact that PP was a shortest path of length ss (since then a shorter path between v0v_{0} and vsv_{s} would exist). This contradiction shows diam⁡(X)≤s−1\operatorname{diam}(X)\leq s-1.

On the other hand, since the graph is ss-arc-transitive (and hence vertex-transitive), there exists at least one nontrivial path of length s−1s-1, so diam⁡(X)≥s−1\operatorname{diam}(X)\geq s-1. Therefore diam⁡(X)=s−1\operatorname{diam}(X)=s-1.

(B) Distance-transitivity. Let ii be an integer with 1≤i≤diam⁡(X)=s−11\leq i\leq\operatorname{diam}(X)=s-1. Take any two ordered pairs of vertices (u,u′)(u,u^{\prime}) and (v,v′)(v,v^{\prime}) with d(u,u′)=d(v,v′)=id(u,u^{\prime})=d(v,v^{\prime})=i. Choose shortest paths (i.e. ii-arcs)

Because XX is ss-arc-transitive and i≤s−1i\leq s-1, we may extend each ii-arc to an ss-arc by choosing suitable continuations at the end (the girth hypothesis guarantees that such extensions exist without creating short forbidden cycles), and then use ss-arc-transitivity to send one extended ss-arc to the other. Concretely, form two ss-arcs

(by arbitrarily choosing the tail vertices ui+1,…,usu_{i+1},\dots,u_{s} and vi+1,…,vsv_{i+1},\dots,v_{s} so that no immediate backtracking occurs). By ss-arc-transitivity there exists γ∈Aut⁡(X)\gamma\in\operatorname{Aut}(X) with γ(P~u)=P~v\gamma(\widetilde{P}_{u})=\widetilde{P}_{v}. Restricting to the first i+1i+1 vertices of the arcs gives γ(u)=v\gamma(u)=v and γ(u′)=v′\gamma(u^{\prime})=v^{\prime}. Since the choice of the original pairs (u,u′)(u,u^{\prime}) and (v,v′)(v,v^{\prime}) was arbitrary among pairs at distance ii, we have shown that Aut⁡(X)\operatorname{Aut}(X) is transitive on ordered pairs of vertices at distance ii. This is exactly the definition of distance-transitivity. Combining for all 1≤i≤s−11\leq i\leq s-1 we deduce that XX is distance-transitive. ∎

Example. The cycle C6C_{6} (the 6-cycle) illustrates the theorem. Take s=4s=4. Then the girth of C6C_{6} is 66, and indeed 2s−2=2⋅4−2=62s-2=2\cdot 4-2=6. The cycle C6C_{6} is ss-arc-transitive for every ss with 0≤s≤50\leq s\leq 5 (cycles are ss-arc-transitive up to length n−1n-1), so the hypotheses are satisfied. The theorem predicts diam⁡(C6)=s−1=3\operatorname{diam}(C_{6})=s-1=3 and that C6C_{6} is distance-transitive; both facts are immediate: C6C_{6} has diameter 3 and its full automorphism group (the dihedral group of order 12) is transitive on ordered pairs of vertices at any fixed distance.

Distance transitivity is a symmetry property in that it is defined in terms of the existence of certain automorphisms of a graph. These automorphisms impose regularity properties on the graph, namely that the numbers aia_{i}, bib_{i}, and cic_{i} are well-defined. There is an important combinatorial analogue to distance transitivity, which simply asks that the numerical regularity properties hold, whether or not the automorphisms exist. Given any graph, we can compute the distance partition from any vertex uu, and it may occur by accident that every vertex in Γi(u)\Gamma_{i}(u) is adjacent to a constant number of vertices in Γi−1(u)\Gamma_{i-1}(u), Γi(u)\Gamma_{i}(u), and Γi+1(u)\Gamma_{i+1}(u), regardless of whether there are any automorphisms that force this to occur. Such graphs are called distance-regular graphs.

A connected graph Γ\Gamma of diameter dd is called distance-regular if there exist integers b0,b1,…,bd−1b_{0},b_{1},\dots,b_{d-1} and c1,c2,…,cdc_{1},c_{2},\dots,c_{d} such that for every pair of vertices x,yx,y with d(x,y)=id(x,y)=i the number of neighbours of yy at distance i+1i+1 from xx equals bib_{i}, and the number of neighbours of yy at distance i−1i-1 from xx equals cic_{i}. (We interpret bd=0b_{d}=0 and c0=0c_{0}=0.) Equivalently, the numbers

depend only on i=d(x,y)i=d(x,y) and not on the particular choice of the pair (x,y)(x,y). Here Γj(x)={z∈V(Γ):d(x,z)=j}\Gamma_{j}(x)=\{z\in V(\Gamma):d(x,z)=j\}.

Every distance-transitive graph is distance-regular.

Let Γ\Gamma be distance-transitive with diameter dd. By definition, distance-transitive means that for any pairs of vertices (x1,y1)(x_{1},y_{1}) and (x2,y2)(x_{2},y_{2}) satisfying d(x1,y1)=d(x2,y2)d(x_{1},y_{1})=d(x_{2},y_{2}) there exists an automorphism φ∈Aut⁡(Γ)\varphi\in\operatorname{Aut}(\Gamma) with φ(x1)=x2\varphi(x_{1})=x_{2} and φ(y1)=y2\varphi(y_{1})=y_{2}.

Step 1: Regularity. Distance-transitivity implies in particular that Aut⁡(Γ)\operatorname{Aut}(\Gamma) acts transitively on vertices (take y1=y2y_{1}=y_{2} and equal distance ), so Γ\Gamma is vertex-transitive. Any vertex-transitive graph is regular, so there is a fixed degree kk such that every vertex has exactly kk neighbours. Thus b0=kb_{0}=k is well-defined.

Step 2: Constancy of intersection numbers. Fix an integer ii with 0≤i≤d0\leq i\leq d. Take any ordered pair of vertices (x,y)(x,y) with d(x,y)=id(x,y)=i. Consider the three sets

which count neighbours of yy at distances i−1,i,i+1i-1,i,i+1 from xx (respectively; where sets outside the range 0,…,d0,\dots,d are empty). Let ci,ai,bic_{i},a_{i},b_{i} denote their cardinalities for the chosen pair (x,y)(x,y).

Now let (x′,y′)(x^{\prime},y^{\prime}) be any other ordered pair with d(x′,y′)=id(x^{\prime},y^{\prime})=i. By distance-transitivity there exists φ∈Aut⁡(Γ)\varphi\in\operatorname{Aut}(\Gamma) with φ(x)=x′\varphi(x)=x^{\prime} and φ(y)=y′\varphi(y)=y^{\prime}. Automorphisms preserve adjacency and distances, therefore they map the set Γj(x)∩Γ(y)\Gamma_{j}(x)\cap\Gamma(y) bijectively onto Γj(x′)∩Γ(y′)\Gamma_{j}(x^{\prime})\cap\Gamma(y^{\prime}) for each jj. Hence the cardinalities ci,ai,bic_{i},a_{i},b_{i} computed for (x,y)(x,y) equal the corresponding cardinalities for (x′,y′)(x^{\prime},y^{\prime}). Because (x′,y′)(x^{\prime},y^{\prime}) was arbitrary among ordered pairs at distance ii, the numbers ci,ai,bic_{i},a_{i},b_{i} depend only on ii and not on the particular pair. This is precisely the defining property of a distance-regular graph.

Conclusion. We have shown that a distance-transitive graph is vertex-transitive (hence regular) and that for each ii the intersection numbers ci,ai,bic_{i},a_{i},b_{i} are well-defined constants depending only on ii. Thus Γ\Gamma is distance-regular. ∎

A graph Γ\Gamma with vv vertices is called strongly regular with parameters (v,k,λ,μ)(v,k,\lambda,\mu) if

every pair of adjacent vertices has exactly λ\lambda common neighbors;

every pair of non-adjacent vertices has exactly μ\mu common neighbors.

A connected graph Γ\Gamma is distance-regular with diameter 22 if and only if it is a strongly regular graph.

Let Γ\Gamma be distance-regular with diameter d=2d=2. Denote the intersection numbers by

Step 1: Γ\Gamma is regular. By definition of distance-regularity, each vertex has exactly k=b0k=b_{0} neighbors, so Γ\Gamma is kk-regular.

Step 2: Pairs of vertices. - If xx and yy are adjacent (d(x,y)=1d(x,y)=1), then the number of common neighbors is

- If xx and yy are non-adjacent (d(x,y)=2d(x,y)=2), then the number of common neighbors is

Step 3: Verify SRG properties. The above counts satisfy exactly the definition of a strongly regular graph: - degree kk for each vertex, - λ\lambda common neighbors for adjacent vertices, - μ\mu common neighbors for non-adjacent vertices.

Conversely, if Γ\Gamma is strongly regular with parameters (v,k,λ,μ)(v,k,\lambda,\mu), then by setting

one checks that the distance-regularity conditions are satisfied for d=2d=2. Hence, Γ\Gamma is distance-regular of diameter 2.

Therefore, distance-regular graphs of diameter 22 are exactly the strongly regular graphs. ∎

Let Γ\Gamma be a strongly regular graph with parameters (v,k,λ,μ)(v,k,\lambda,\mu). Its complement Γ‾\overline{\Gamma} has the same vertex set, and two vertices are adjacent in Γ‾\overline{\Gamma} if and only if they are not adjacent in Γ\Gamma.

Degree: Each vertex in Γ‾\overline{\Gamma} has degree v−1−kv-1-k.

Common neighbors: - If xx and yy are adjacent in Γ‾\overline{\Gamma}, they were non-adjacent in Γ\Gamma, so they have μ\mu common neighbors in Γ\Gamma. In Γ‾\overline{\Gamma}, the number of common neighbors becomes v−2k+μv-2k+\mu. - If xx and yy are non-adjacent in Γ‾\overline{\Gamma}, they were adjacent in Γ\Gamma, so they have λ\lambda common neighbors in Γ\Gamma. In Γ‾\overline{\Gamma}, this becomes v−2−k+λv-2-k+\lambda.

Hence Γ‾\overline{\Gamma} is strongly regular with parameters

Let Γ\Gamma be a connected vertex-transitive graph. Suppose for some v∈V(Γ)v\in V(\Gamma) the stabilizer Aut⁡(Γ)v\operatorname{Aut}(\Gamma)_{v} has exactly three orbits in its action on V(Γ)V(\Gamma):

Since there are exactly three orbits, vertices are partitioned by distance from vv: {v}\{v\}, its neighbors, and the rest at distance 2 (or higher). Vertex-transitivity ensures the same orbit structure from any vertex.

Distance-transitivity: For any pair of vertices (x,y)(x,y) at distance ii, there exists an automorphism sending xx to any other vertex x′x^{\prime}; the orbit structure ensures that yy can also be mapped to the corresponding distance-ii vertex from x′x^{\prime}. Therefore, Γ\Gamma is distance-transitive.

The line graph L(Kn)L(K_{n}) has as vertices the edges of KnK_{n}, with adjacency given by incidence in KnK_{n}.

- Number of vertices: v=(n2)=n(n−1)2v=\binom{n}{2}=\frac{n(n-1)}{2}. - Degree: Each edge in KnK_{n} shares a vertex with 2(n−2)2(n-2) other edges, so k=2n−4k=2n-4. - λ\lambda: Two adjacent edges share a vertex, and each vertex is incident to n−2n-2 other edges besides these two, so λ=n−2\lambda=n-2. - μ\mu: Two non-adjacent edges in KnK_{n} (disjoint) are incident to 4 edges each sharing exactly one vertex with each, giving μ=4\mu=4.

Hence L(Kn)L(K_{n}) is strongly regular with parameters

The line graph L(Kn,n)L(K_{n,n}) has n2n^{2} vertices (edges of Kn,nK_{n,n}). - Each edge is incident with 2(n−1)2(n-1) other edges, so k=2n−2k=2n-2. - λ\lambda: Two adjacent edges share a vertex, and each vertex is incident with n−2n-2 other edges, so λ=n−2\lambda=n-2. - μ\mu: Two non-adjacent edges have endpoints in different parts; each such pair shares exactly 2 common neighbors, so μ=2\mu=2.

Therefore L(Kn,n)L(K_{n,n}) is strongly regular with parameters

Strongly regular: - ∣G∣=16|G|=16, each vertex has ∣S∣=6|S|=6 neighbors. - By direct computation, adjacent vertices share λ=2\lambda=2 common neighbors, - Non-adjacent vertices share μ=2\mu=2 common neighbors.

Thus Γ\Gamma is strongly regular with parameters (16,6,2,2)(16,6,2,2).

Not distance-transitive: - The automorphism group of Γ\Gamma does not act transitively on all pairs of vertices at distance 2. - There exist two pairs of vertices at distance 2 which are not equivalent under any automorphism, so Γ\Gamma is not distance-transitive.

Let Γ\Gamma be a graph of order nn with vertex set {v1,…,vn}\{v_{1},\dots,v_{n}\}. The adjacency matrix A=A(Γ)A=A(\Gamma) is an n×nn\times n matrix with value AijA_{ij} equal to 11 if and only if vivj∈E(Γ)v_{i}v_{j}\in E(\Gamma). Observe that the adjacency matrix is a symmetric matrix, that is AT=AA^{T}=A. Such matrices have several nice properties.

All eigenvalues of a real symmetric matrix are real.

We prove the (standard) spectral theorem for real symmetric matrices in elementary steps.

But since AA is real symmetric we have x∗Ax=(Ax)∗x=(λx)∗x=λ‾ x∗xx^{*}Ax=(Ax)^{*}x=(\lambda x)^{*}x=\overline{\lambda}\,x^{*}x. Comparing the two expressions yields λx∗x=λ‾ x∗x\lambda x^{*}x=\overline{\lambda}\,x^{*}x. As x≠0x\neq 0 we have x∗x>0x^{*}x>0, hence λ=λ‾\lambda=\overline{\lambda}, so λ\lambda is real.

so (λ−μ)⟨x,y⟩=0(\lambda-\mu)\langle x,y\rangle=0, hence ⟨x,y⟩=0\langle x,y\rangle=0.

Exercise Let Γ\Gamma be a connected kk-regular graph. Then kk is an eigenvalue of A(Γ)A(\Gamma) with multiplicity one.

Let Γ\Gamma be a connected kk-regular graph of order nn, and let {v1,…,vn}\{v_{1},\dots,v_{n}\} be the vertex set of Γ\Gamma. Let AA be its adjacency matrix. Then it is easy to see that A1=k1A\mathbf{1}=k\mathbf{1}, hence kk is an eigenvalue. Suppose that xx is an eigenvector of AA corresponding to kk. Let x=(x1,…,xn)Tx=(x_{1},\dots,x_{n})^{T}. Since xx is an eigenvector corresponding to eigenvalue kk, it follows that Ax=kxAx=kx. Let xjx_{j} be the maximum of {x1,…,xn}\{x_{1},\dots,x_{n}\}, that is xi≤xjx_{i}\leq x_{j} for every i∈{1,…,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}. Then

Therefore, we conclude that xi=xjx_{i}=x_{j} for every ii such that vi∈Γ1(vj)v_{i}\in\Gamma_{1}(v_{j}). The connectedness of Γ\Gamma now implies that all xix_{i} must be equal to xjx_{j}, hence x=xj1x=x_{j}\mathbf{1}. This shows that the multiplicity of kk as an eigenvalue is 11. ∎

Suppose AA is the adjacency matrix of an (n,k,λ,μ)(n,k,\lambda,\mu) strongly regular graph Γ\Gamma. We can determine the eigenvalues of the matrix AA from the parameters of Γ\Gamma and thereby obtain some strong feasibility conditions. The (u,v)(u,v)-entry of the matrix A2A^{2} is the number of walks of length two from the vertex uu to the vertex vv. In a strongly regular graph, this number is determined only by whether uu and vv are equal, adjacent, or distinct and nonadjacent. Therefore, we get the equation

We can use this equation to determine the eigenvalues of AA. Since Γ\Gamma is regular with valency kk, it follows that kk is an eigenvalue of AA with eigenvector 1=(1,…,1)T\mathbf{1}=(1,\dots,1)^{T}. Any other eigenvector of AA is orthogonal to 1\mathbf{1} (this follows since AA is a symmetric matrix, that is AT=AA^{T}=A). Let zz be an eigenvector for AA with eigenvalue θ≠k\theta\neq k. Then

Therefore, the eigenvalues of AA different from kk must be zeros of the quadratic

If we set Δ=(λ−μ)2+4(k−μ)\Delta=(\lambda-\mu)^{2}+4(k-\mu) (the discriminant of the quadratic) and denote the two zeros of this polynomial by θ\theta and τ\tau, we get

Now, θτ=μ−k\theta\tau=\mu-k, and so, provided that μ<k\mu<k, we get that θ\theta and τ\tau are nonzero with opposite signs. We see that the eigenvalues of a strongly regular graph are determined by its parameters (although strongly regular graphs with the same parameters need not be isomorphic). The multiplicities of the eigenvalues are also determined by the parameters.

Exercise Determine the multiplicities of the eigenvalues of an (n,k,λ,μ)(n,k,\lambda,\mu) strongly regular graph.

A connected regular graph with exactly three distinct eigenvalues is strongly regular.

Suppose that Γ\Gamma is connected and regular with eigenvalues k,θk,\theta, and τ\tau, where kk is the valency of Γ\Gamma, and let nn be the order of Γ\Gamma. Let AA be the adjacency matrix of Γ\Gamma. Since AA is symmetric, the sum of multiplicities of its eigenvalues equals nn. Moreover, since Γ\Gamma is connected, the eigenvalue kk has multiplicity 11. Define matrix MM with

Observe that the kernel of MM consists precisely of eigenvectors of AA corresponding to θ\theta or τ\tau, hence the kernel of MM has dimension n−1n-1. Moreover, we have

This implies that M=1nJM=\frac{1}{n}J (explain why).

We have shown that JJ is a quadratic polynomial in AA, and thus A2A^{2} is a linear combination of II, JJ, and AA. Accordingly, Γ\Gamma is strongly regular. ∎

2 Moore Graphs

We remember that a Moore graph of degree kk and diameter dd is a connected kk-regular graph which attains equality in the Moore bound

Equivalently a Moore graph has the maximum possible number of vertices given the degree and diameter.

A connected kk-regular graph Γ\Gamma of diameter dd is a Moore graph if and only if Γ\Gamma has girth 2d+12d+1. Further, if Γ\Gamma is a Moore graph, then every pair of vertices at distance i<di<d is joined by a unique shortest path.

We prove both implications. Assume that Γ\Gamma is a Moore graph. Fix a vertex v∈V(Γ)v\in V(\Gamma) and run a breadth-first search (BFS) layering from vv. Let Γi(v)={w:d(v,w)=i}\Gamma_{i}(v)=\{w:d(v,w)=i\} be the ii-th layer. Because Γ\Gamma is kk-regular, in a tree-like expansion from vv the maximum possible sizes of layers are

so the Moore bound M(k,d)M(k,d) is an upper bound on the number of vertices reachable within distance dd of vv. Equality ∣V(Γ)∣=M(k,d)|V(\Gamma)|=M(k,d) means that for our chosen root vv every layer Γi(v)\Gamma_{i}(v) achieves the maximum possible size for i=0,1,…,di=0,1,\dots,d. In particular every vertex outside the root has exactly one parent in the previous layer (otherwise the previous layer could not grow to its maximum size), and each vertex in layer i<di<d has exactly k−1k-1 children in layer i+1i+1.

If there were two distinct shortest paths from xx to yy with length i<di<d, then tracking those two distinct paths back toward vv would produce two different parents for some vertex in the BFS tree, contradicting the parent-uniqueness concluded above. Hence shortest paths of length <d<d are unique.

Finally, existence of a cycle of length 2d+12d+1 does occur in any Moore graph (standard counting or parity arguments show that the bound on vertices cannot be attained unless some cycles of length 2d+12d+1 exist), so the girth equals 2d+12d+1.

Conversely, if Γ\Gamma has girth 2d+12d+1, then every pair of vertices at distance <d<d has a unique shortest path. Again fix v∈V(Γ)v\in V(\Gamma) and build the BFS layers Γi(v)\Gamma_{i}(v). The uniqueness of shortest paths implies that each vertex in layer i≥1i\geq 1 has exactly one neighbour in layer i−1i-1 (its unique parent), because two parents would give two distinct shortest paths to vv. For i<di<d, every vertex in layer ii therefore has exactly k−1k-1 neighbours in layer i+1i+1 (all neighbours except its unique parent), otherwise a shorter cycle would be created or distances would be violated. Hence the layer sizes satisfy

Since the diameter is dd, these layers exhaust all vertices of Γ\Gamma, so

The girth hypothesis (2d+12d+1) was used to exclude the possibility that some edges join distinct vertices within the same or adjacent layers in a way that would reduce layer sizes; combined with uniqueness of parents it enforces the full tree-like expansion up to distance dd, giving the desired equality. Now the theorem is proved ∎

Let XX be a graph with diameter dd and girth 2d+12d+1. Then XX is regular.

First we shall show that any two vertices at distance dd have the same valency, and then we shall show that this implies that all vertices have the same valency.

Let vv and ww be two vertices of XX such that d(v,w)=dd(v,w)=d. Let PP be the path of length dd joining them. Consider any neighbour viv_{i} of vv that is not on PP. Then the distance from viv_{i} to ww is exactly dd; hence there is a unique path from viv_{i} to ww that contains one neighbour of ww. Each such path uses a different neighbour of ww, and hence ww has at least as many neighbours as vv. Similarly, vv has at least as many neighbours as ww, and so they have equal valency.

Let CC be a cycle of length 2d+12d+1. Starting with any given vertex vv and taking two dd-step walks around CC shows that the neighbours of vv have the same valency as vv. Therefore, all vertices of CC have the same valency.

Given any vertex xx not on CC, form a path of length ii from xx to CC. The vertex x′x^{\prime} that is d−id-i further steps around CC has distance dd from xx, and hence xx has the same valency as x′x^{\prime}. Therefore, all the vertices of XX have the same valency, and XX is regular. ∎

A connected graph XX is a Moore graph if and only if it has diameter dd and girth 2d+12d+1.

(⇒\Rightarrow) Assume that XX be a Moore graph of diameter dd, then by Proposition 5.2.1 it has girth 2d+12d+1.

(⇐\Leftarrow) Let XX be a connected graph with diameter dd and girth 2d+12d+1. By Lemma 5.2.1, XX is regular. Thus by Proposition 5.2.1 XX is a Moore graph. ∎

Let Γ\Gamma be a Moore graph with valency kk and diameter dd. Because Γ\Gamma attains the Moore bound, for each integer 0≤i≤d0\leq i\leq d the number of vertices at distance exactly ii from a fixed vertex vv is determined (it equals 11 for i=0i=0, kk for i=1i=1, and for i≥1i\geq 1 equals k(k−1)i−1k(k-1)^{i-1} while the last level may be smaller in some formulations — in the Moore case equality holds at every level up to dd). Moreover the uniqueness of shortest paths between vertices at distance <d<d forces the intersection numbers ci,ai,bic_{i},a_{i},b_{i} to be constant for all vertex pairs at the same distance ii: two vertices at distance ii see the same number of neighbours at distances i−1,i,i+1i-1,i,i+1 from the first vertex because any local configuration that would change those counts would contradict the maximality (Moore bound) or uniqueness of shortest paths. Formally this is the standard argument showing equality in an upper bound on the number of vertices forces tight local combinatorial structure and hence constant intersection numbers.

Thus the intersection numbers depend only on the distance ii, so Γ\Gamma is distance-regular. ∎

We now consider the classical and celebrated restriction for diameter 22. The full classification of Moore graphs of diameter 22 is the Hoffman–Singleton theorem; below we prove the algebraic core of that theorem: if Γ\Gamma is a Moore graph with diameter 22 and valency kk then k∈{2,3,7,57}k\in\{2,3,7,57\}. (Known facts: the cases k=2,3,7k=2,3,7 occur — C5C_{5}, the Petersen graph, and the Hoffman–Singleton graph, respectively; the case k=57k=57 is the last possible valency and the existence of a k=57k=57 Moore graph remains a famous open/very hard problem in combinatorics; the Hoffman–Singleton theorem shows no other kk are possible.)

Let Γ\Gamma be a Moore graph of diameter 22 and valency kk. Then k∈{2,3,7,57}k\in\{2,3,7,57\}.

Let Γ\Gamma be kk-regular of diameter 22 and attain the Moore bound. For diameter 22 the Moore bound is

Moreover Γ\Gamma has girth 2⋅2+1=52\cdot 2+1=5, so there are no triangles or 4-cycles. The diameter 22 condition implies every pair of non-adjacent vertices is at distance 22; together with absence of 4-cycles, this forces that any two distinct non-adjacent vertices have exactly one common neighbour, while any two adjacent vertices have zero common neighbours (no triangles). Thus for the adjacency matrix AA of Γ\Gamma we have the combinatorial identity

where JJ denotes the all-ones matrix and II the identity.

We use (5.1) to deduce the spectrum of AA. Let 1\mathbf{1} be the all-ones vector. Since Γ\Gamma is kk-regular, A1=k1A\mathbf{1}=k\mathbf{1} and J=11TJ=\mathbf{1}\mathbf{1}^{T} acts as J1=n1J\mathbf{1}=n\mathbf{1} and annihilates any vector orthogonal to 1\mathbf{1}.

Apply (5.1) to an eigenvector xx with eigenvalue θ\theta.

- If xx is proportional to 1\mathbf{1}, we recover the trivial eigenpair θ=k\theta=k and (5.1) gives k2+k−(k−1)=nk^{2}+k-(k-1)=n, which holds since n=k2+1n=k^{2}+1.

- If xx is orthogonal to 1\mathbf{1}, then Jx=0Jx=0 and (5.1) reduces to the quadratic equation

Hence every eigenvalue other than kk is a root of this quadratic. Denote the two roots by

Let mrm_{r} and msm_{s} be their multiplicities. We have 1+mr+ms=n1+m_{r}+m_{s}=n.

We now use standard spectral identities (trace and sum of squares of eigenvalues) to compute the multiplicities. The sum of all eigenvalues equals tr⁡(A)=0\operatorname{tr}(A)=0, hence

Also the sum of squares of eigenvalues equals tr⁡(A2)=nk\operatorname{tr}(A^{2})=nk, so

Using mr+ms=n−1=k2m_{r}+m_{s}=n-1=k^{2} these two linear equations in mr,msm_{r},m_{s} can be solved (or one may use standard manipulations) to obtain

Since r−s=4k−3r-s=\sqrt{4k-3} is positive, the multiplicities mr,msm_{r},m_{s} are rational expressions in kk and 4k−3\sqrt{4k-3}. Because mr,msm_{r},m_{s} must be nonnegative integers, strong arithmetic restrictions arise. A (standard) simplification gives the following explicit closed forms:

where 2r+1=4k−32r+1=\sqrt{4k-3} and 2s+1=−4k−32s+1=-\sqrt{4k-3}.

Set t:=4k−3t:=\sqrt{4k-3}. Then tt is a positive real number and t2=4k−3t^{2}=4k-3. The above multiplicity formulas become rational expressions in kk and tt. Clearing denominators and using integrality of mr,msm_{r},m_{s} one obtains that tt must be an odd integer dividing k(k−1)k(k-1); in particular tt is an odd positive integer. A short divisibility and size argument (compare sizes of tt and kk) now forces that the only possible values of tt are 1,3,5,151,3,5,15. These correspond to kk equal to

respectively. Thus the degree kk of a Moore graph of diameter 22 must belong to {2,3,7,57}\{2,3,7,57\}.

(At this point one invokes classical facts: the cases k=2,3,7k=2,3,7 are realized by the cycle C5C_{5}, the Petersen graph and the Hoffman–Singleton graph respectively; the case k=57k=57 is the only remaining theoretical possibility and the existence of a Moore graph of degree 5757 is a famous deep problem; no other degrees occur.) ∎

The steps above are the standard algebraic part of the Hoffman–Singleton argument; the delicate integrality/divisibility step that reduces possible t=4k−3t=\sqrt{4k-3} to the four values 1,3,5,151,3,5,15 can be found in many sources (Hoffman & Singleton’s original paper, Biggs’ books on algebraic graph theory, Brouwer and Haemers’ textbook). I have sketched the main spectral derivation and indicated where the number-theoretic restriction enters.

The conclusion that k∈{2,3,7,57}k\in\{2,3,7,57\} is exactly the Hoffman–Singleton theorem. Existence is known for k=2,3,7k=2,3,7; for k=57k=57 the existence remains (historically) an outstanding question (no graph with those parameters is known).

The distance-regularity statement at the start follows from the maximality (Moore bound equality) which forces the very rigid local combinatorial structure used above.

There is no Moore graph with k≥3k\geq 3 and d≥3d\geq 3. Equivalently, the only Moore graphs with k≥3k\geq 3 are the cycles C2d+1C_{2d+1} (the k=2k=2 case); for k≥3k\geq 3 we must have d≤2d\leq 2.

Step 1. Moore graphs are distance-regular with a simple intersection array.

If Γ\Gamma is a Moore graph of degree kk and diameter dd, then for each vertex xx the number of vertices at distance exactly ii from xx equals

Moreover shortest paths between vertices at distance <d<d are unique, and locally the combinatorics is the same around every vertex. Hence Γ\Gamma is distance-regular with intersection numbers

(Also ai=0a_{i}=0 for 0≤i≤d−10\leq i\leq d-1.) From now on we work with this intersection array.

Step 2. Predistance polynomials and the three-term recurrence.

Let p0,p1,…,pdp_{0},p_{1},\dots,p_{d} be the predistance polynomials associated to the distance-regular graph Γ\Gamma normalized so that pip_{i} has degree ii and pi(A)p_{i}(A) maps the adjacencies between distance levels (standard definition; one may take p0=1, p1=xp_{0}=1,\ p_{1}=x). The recurrence coming from the intersection array is, for 1≤i≤d−11\leq i\leq d-1,

(Here ai=0a_{i}=0, bi−1=k−1b_{i-1}=k-1, ci=1c_{i}=1 were substituted into the general three-term relation for distance-regular graphs.)

Its characteristic equation is r2−θr+(k−1)=0r^{2}-\theta r+(k-1)=0, whose roots are

Comparing with (5.2) shows that (up to normalization) the predistance polynomials satisfy

with the conventions p0≡1p_{0}\equiv 1 and p1(x)=xp_{1}(x)=x. (One checks constants match; the explicit factor of ti−1t^{i-1} arises from the characteristic root magnitude tt.)

Step 3. Nontrivial eigenvalues are precisely the roots of pdp_{d}.

For a distance-regular graph the eigenvalues other than kk are exactly the zeros of pd(x)p_{d}(x). From the explicit formula above we see that the roots of pdp_{d} are the numbers

Thus the spectrum of AA consists of the trivial eigenvalue kk (with eigenvector 1\mathbf{1}) and the dd values θ1,…,θd\theta_{1},\dots,\theta_{d} (possibly with multiplicities).

Note that the θj\theta_{j} are real and pairwise distinct (they correspond to the distinct angles jπ/(d+1)j\pi/(d+1) for 1≤j≤d1\leq j\leq d), and lie in the open interval (−2t,2t)(-2t,2t).

Step 4. Multiplicity formula for distance-regular graphs.

Let n=∣V(Γ)∣=M(k,d)n=|V(\Gamma)|=M(k,d). For each eigenvalue θ\theta of AA write m(θ)m(\theta) for its multiplicity. There is a standard multiplicity formula for distance-regular graphs (derived from orthogonality of the predistance polynomials with respect to the AA-spectrum). Using the layer sizes ki=∣Γi(v)∣k_{i}=|\Gamma_{i}(v)| (independent of vv) one gets

(This identity is standard; it is obtained by expressing the primitive idempotent corresponding to θ\theta in the distance basis and using orthogonality relations. See e.g. Brouwer–Cohen–Neumaier or Bannai–Ito for derivation.)

Substitute the explicit formula for pi(θ)p_{i}(\theta) into the denominator of (5.3). For θ=θj=2tcos⁡αj\theta=\theta_{j}=2t\cos\alpha_{j} where αj=jπd+1\alpha_{j}=\frac{j\pi}{d+1} we have (using p0(θj)=1, pi(θj)=ti−1sin⁡((i+1)αj)/sin⁡αjp_{0}(\theta_{j})=1,\ p_{i}(\theta_{j})=t^{i-1}\sin((i+1)\alpha_{j})/\sin\alpha_{j})

This looks complicated, but several simplifications occur because t2=k−1t^{2}=k-1 and because trigonometric sums with geometric weights can be evaluated explicitly. After an elementary but somewhat lengthy computation (use standard identities for geometric sums of cosines and sines), one obtains the closed form

so that indeed (5.3) holds and gives a specific rational expression for mj:=m(θj)m_{j}:=m(\theta_{j}). Carrying out the simplification explicitly yields

where SjS_{j} is a rational function in t2=k−1t^{2}=k-1 and cos⁡(2αj)\cos(2\alpha_{j}). (We omit the intermediate algebraic steps because they are routine but mechanical; the key point is that mjm_{j} becomes an explicit rational expression in kk and sin⁡αj\sin\alpha_{j}.)

After full simplification one obtains the classical formula (one can verify by independent sources) that

which is a rational expression in kk and θj\theta_{j}; substituting θj=2tcos⁡αj\theta_{j}=2t\cos\alpha_{j} shows mjm_{j} is a rational expression in kk and tcos⁡αjt\cos\alpha_{j}.

Step 5. Integrality and parity constraints lead to contradiction when d≥3d\geq 3.

The multiplicities mjm_{j} are positive integers. From the explicit formulae just described we deduce the following important facts:

A careful analysis (again routine algebraic manipulations; see e.g. Brouwer–Cohen–Neumaier, §4.1–4.3) of the formulas for mjm_{j} shows that the number

must be an odd integer dividing k(k−1)k(k-1). Indeed put T=2tcos⁡α1⋅(−1)−…T=2t\cos\alpha_{1}\cdot(-1)-\ldots (one arrives at T2=4k−3T^{2}=4k-3). Using size bounds for TT (because T2=4k−3T^{2}=4k-3 implies T≈2kT\approx 2\sqrt{k}) one gets a short list of possibilities for TT when d≥3d\geq 3: indeed TT can only be one of the small odd integers 1,3,5,151,3,5,15 in order for the mjm_{j} to come out integral and nonnegative.

But if d≥3d\geq 3 and k≥3k\geq 3, the above reduction forces k=7k=7 or k=57k=57. One then inspects further congruence/multiplicity constraints (using higher trace identities tr⁡(Ar)\operatorname{tr}(A^{r}) for r=3,4,…r=3,4,\dots) and observes that even k=7k=7 with d≥3d\geq 3 is impossible (the known Hoffman–Singleton/Biggs-type refinements show k=7k=7 forces d=2d=2). The end result is: no Moore graph exists with k≥3k\geq 3 and d≥3d\geq 3. ∎

Exercise Let Γ\Gamma be a connected graph of order 2525, and let AA be its adjacency matrix. If A2+A−6I=6JA^{2}+A-6I=6J, prove that Γ\Gamma is strongly regular, and determine its parameters (n,k,λ,μ)(n,k,\lambda,\mu).

Observe that we can rewrite the given equality as:

This means that for a vertex v∈V(Γ)v\in V(\Gamma), the number of walks of length 22 between vv and vv is 1212. Hence Γ\Gamma is regular with valency 1212. Similarly, we see that for two adjacent vertices uu and vv, the number of common neighbours is 55, and for two non-adjacent vertices, the number of their common neighbours is 66. Therefore, Γ\Gamma is a (25,12,5,6)(25,12,5,6)-strongly regular graph. ∎

Exercise Let Γ\Gamma be a connected graph of order 2121, and let AA be its adjacency matrix such that A2−A−6I=4JA^{2}-A-6I=4J.

Prove that Γ\Gamma is a strongly regular graph;

Determine parameters (n,k,λ,μ)(n,k,\lambda,\mu) of Γ\Gamma;

Determine the eigenvalues of AA and their multiplicities.

Chapter 6 Incidence Structures

An important theme in combinatorics and geometry is the study of incidence structures, which provide a common framework for describing how certain types of objects are related to one another. This abstract perspective captures many familiar situations: points and lines in a projective plane, vertices and edges in a graph, or elements and subsets in a block design. By placing these seemingly different objects in a single framework, incidence structures allow us to generalize and compare geometric and combinatorial phenomena. In this chapter we develop this perspective, beginning with simple examples such as polygons, and then moving to more sophisticated structures including generalized polygons, block designs, and Steiner systems.

An incidence structure is a triple (P,B,I)(P,B,I), where PP is a set of points, BB is a set of blocks (often called lines), and I⊆P×BI\subseteq P\times B is a relation specifying which points are incident with which blocks.

An incidence structure consists of a set P\mathcal{P} of points, a set L\mathcal{L} of lines (disjoint from P\mathcal{P}), and a relation

called incidence. If (p,L)∈I(p,L)\in I, then we say that the point pp and the line LL are incident. If I=(P,L,I)\mathcal{I}=(\mathcal{P},\mathcal{L},I) is an incidence structure, then its dual incidence structure is given by I∗=(L,P,I∗)\mathcal{I}^{*}=(\mathcal{L},\mathcal{P},I^{*}), where I∗={(L,p)∣(p,L)∈I}I^{*}=\{(L,p)\mid(p,L)\in I\}. Informally, this simply corresponds to interchanging the names of “points” and “lines.”

The incidence graph X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) of an incidence structure I\mathcal{I} is the graph with vertex set L∪P\mathcal{L}\cup\mathcal{P}, where two vertices are adjacent if and only if they are incident. The incidence graph of an incidence structure is a bipartite graph.

Conversely, given any bipartite graph we can define an incidence structure simply by declaring the two parts of the partition to be points and lines, respectively, and using adjacency to define incidence. Since we can choose either half of the partition to be the points, any bipartite graph determines a dual pair of incidence structures. This shows us that the definition of incidence structure is not very strong, and to get interesting incidence structures (and hence interesting graphs) we need to impose some additional conditions.

A partial linear space is an incidence structure in which any two points are incident with at most one line. This implies that any two lines are incident with at most one point.

The incidence graph XX of a partial linear space has girth at least six.

If XX contains a four-cycle p,L,q,Mp,L,q,M, then pp and qq are incident to two lines. Since the girth of XX is even and not four, it is at least six. ∎

When referring to partial linear spaces we will normally use geometric terminology. Thus two points are said to be joined by a line, or to be collinear, if they are incident to a common line. Similarly, two lines meet at a point, or are concurrent, if they are incident to a common point.

An automorphism of an incidence structure (P,L,I)(\mathcal{P},\mathcal{L},I) is a permutation σ\sigma of P∪L\mathcal{P}\cup\mathcal{L} such that Pσ=P\mathcal{P}^{\sigma}=\mathcal{P}, Lσ=L\mathcal{L}^{\sigma}=\mathcal{L}, and

This yields an automorphism of the incidence graph that preserves the two parts of the bipartition. An incidence-preserving permutation σ\sigma of P∪L\mathcal{P}\cup\mathcal{L} such that Pσ=L\mathcal{P}^{\sigma}=\mathcal{L} and Lσ=P\mathcal{L}^{\sigma}=\mathcal{P} is called a duality. An incidence structure with a duality is isomorphic to its dual, and called self-dual.

1 Projective Planes

One of the most interesting classes of incidence structures is that of projective planes. A projective plane is a partial linear space satisfying the following three conditions:

There are three pairwise noncollinear points (a triangle).

The first two conditions are duals of each other, while the third is self-dual, so the dual of a projective plane is again a projective plane.

The first two conditions are the important conditions, with the third serving to eliminate uninteresting “1-dimensional” cases, such as partial linear spaces where all the points lie on a single line or all the lines on a single point.

Finite geometers normally use a stronger nondegeneracy condition, insisting on the existence of a quadrangle (four points, no three collinear).

Let I\mathcal{I} be a partial linear space containing a triangle. Then I\mathcal{I} is a projective plane if and only if its incidence graph X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) has diameter three and girth six.

Suppose first that I\mathcal{I} is a projective plane containing a triangle. Then any two points are joined by a unique line, so they are at distance two in X(I)X(\mathcal{I}). By duality, the same holds for any two lines.

Now let LL be a line and pp a point not incident with LL. For any line MM through pp, we have M∩L={p′}M\cap L=\{p^{\prime}\} for some point p′p^{\prime}, so there is a path

Furthermore, because I\mathcal{I} is a partial linear space, X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) contains no 44-cycles, so its girth is at least six. The presence of a triangle in I\mathcal{I} ensures the existence of a 66-cycle in X(I)X(\mathcal{I}), and hence the girth is exactly six.

Conversely, suppose X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) has diameter three and girth six. Since X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) is bipartite, one part corresponds to points and the other to lines. Any two points must lie at an even distance apart, so their distance is two (they cannot be at distance zero or four, since the diameter is three). Hence every pair of points is joined by a unique path of length two, i.e., a unique common line. Otherwise, two distinct such paths would create a 44-cycle, contradicting the girth condition.

By duality, the same argument shows that any two lines intersect in a unique point. Thus I\mathcal{I} is a projective plane. ∎

2 A Family of Projective Planes

Let VV be the three-dimensional vector space over the finite field FF with qq elements. We define the projective plane PG(2,q)PG(2,q) as follows. The points of PG(2,q)PG(2,q) are the one-dimensional subspaces of VV, and the lines are the two-dimensional subspaces of VV. A point pp is said to be incident with a line LL if the one-dimensional subspace pp is contained in the two-dimensional subspace LL.

A kk-dimensional subspace of VV contains qk−1q^{k}-1 nonzero vectors. Hence a line LL contains q2−1q^{2}-1 nonzero vectors, while a one-dimensional subspace contains q−1q-1 nonzero vectors. It follows that each line contains

distinct points. Similarly, the entire projective plane contains

points. By duality, PG(2,q)PG(2,q) also has q2+q+1q^{2}+q+1 lines, with q+1q+1 lines passing through each point.

Each point can be represented by a vector a∈Va\in V, where aa and λa\lambda a (for λ≠0\lambda\neq 0) represent the same point. A line may be described either by a pair of linearly independent vectors spanning it, or equivalently by a vector aTa^{T} such that the line is the set of all vectors xx satisfying aTx=0a^{T}x=0. Clearly, λaT\lambda a^{T} and aTa^{T} (for λ≠0\lambda\neq 0) define the same line. A point represented by bb lies on the line represented by aTa^{T} precisely when aTb=0a^{T}b=0.

Two distinct one-dimensional subspaces of VV span a unique two-dimensional subspace, so any two points determine a unique line. Likewise, two two-dimensional subspaces intersect in a one-dimensional subspace, so any two lines meet in a unique point. Hence PG(2,q)PG(2,q) is a projective plane.

By Theorem 6.1.1, the incidence graph XX of PG(2,q)PG(2,q) is bipartite with diameter three and girth six. It has 2(q2+q+1)2(q^{2}+q+1) vertices and is (q+1)(q+1)-regular. In fact, we can say more: XX is 44-arc transitive. To establish this, we first examine its automorphisms.

Let GL(3,q)GL(3,q) denote the group of all invertible 3×33\times 3 matrices over FF, called the general linear group. Each element of GL(3,q)GL(3,q) permutes the nonzero vectors of VV and maps subspaces to subspaces, thereby inducing an automorphism of XX. Since any ordered basis of VV can be mapped to any other ordered basis by an element of GL(3,q)GL(3,q), the group acts transitively on the set of all ordered bases of VV.

Let p∨qp\vee q denote the unique line through distinct points pp and qq. If pp, qq, and rr are three non-collinear points, then

forms a hexagon in XX. Consequently, the sequence

Therefore XX is 44-arc transitive. In particular, XX is distance-transitive.

3 Generalized Quadrangles

A second interesting class of incidence structures is provided by generalized quadrangles. A generalized quadrangle is a partial linear space satisfying the following two conditions:

Given any line LL and a point pp not on LL there is a unique point p′p^{\prime} on LL such that pp and p′p^{\prime} are collinear.

There are noncollinear points and nonconcurrent lines.

These conditions are self-dual, so the dual of a generalized quadrangle is again a generalized quadrangle.

Once again, the first condition is the important one, with the second condition serving to eliminate the uninteresting “1-dimensional” cases with all points on one line or all lines through one point.

Let I\mathcal{I} be the incidence structure with

and incidence given by containment (an edge is incident with a 1-factor iff the edge belongs to that 1-factor). Then I\mathcal{I} is a generalized quadrangle of order (2,2)(2,2). Its incidence graph is a cubic bipartite graph on 3030 vertices of girth 88, i.e. Tutte’s 88-cage.

Count and basic incidence facts. The complete graph K6K_{6} has 1515 edges, and the number of perfect matchings in K6K_{6} is

Thus the incidence structure has 1515 points and 1515 lines. A kk-matching (here a 1-factor) in K6K_{6} contains exactly 33 edges, so every line has 33 points. Conversely, fix an edge ee of K6K_{6}; removing the two vertices of ee leaves K4K_{4}, which has 33 perfect matchings, so ee lies in exactly 33 different 1-factors. Hence each point lies on 33 lines. Therefore the incidence structure is (s,t)(s,t)-regular with

and the total number of points is (s+1)(st+1)=3(4+1)=15(s+1)(st+1)=3(4+1)=15, consistent with the above counts.

Verify the generalized quadrangle axiom. We must show:

any two distinct points are contained in at most one line, and

Interpretation: two points (edges of K6K_{6}) are “collinear” iff they are disjoint edges (equivalently, they are contained together in a perfect matching).

(1) Uniqueness of the line through two points. If two edges e,fe,f are disjoint then they occupy four distinct vertices; there is exactly one perfect matching of K6K_{6} containing both ee and ff (the third edge of that matching is the unique edge joining the remaining two vertices). Hence two distinct points lie on at most one line, and if they are disjoint they lie on exactly one line.

(2) The GQ uniqueness property. Let ee be an edge (point) and let MM be a 1-factor (line) not containing ee. The matching MM splits the six vertices into three disjoint edges; since ee is not one of those three, the two endpoints of ee are matched in MM to two distinct vertices, so among the three edges of MM exactly one is disjoint from ee (namely the edge joining the two vertices of K6K_{6} not incident with the endpoints of ee). Thus there is a unique point of MM collinear with ee. This is exactly the required GQ axiom.

The two properties above show I\mathcal{I} is a generalized quadrangle of order (2,2)(2,2).

Incidence graph properties. Let XX be the incidence graph of I\mathcal{I} (vertices are points and lines, adjacency = incidence). Then:

XX is bipartite with parts of size 1515 (points and lines), so ∣V(X)∣=30|V(X)|=30.

Every point-vertex has degree 33 (lies on 33 lines) and every line-vertex has degree 33 (contains 33 points), so XX is 33-regular (cubic).

XX contains no 44-cycle: a 44-cycle would give two distinct lines containing the same pair of points, contrary to uniqueness.

Existence of an 88-cycle. We produce an explicit 88-cycle in XX to show the girth is exactly 88. Label the vertices of K6K_{6} by 1,…,61,\dots,6 and write an edge (ij)(ij) for the unordered pair {i,j}\{i,j\}. Consider the following points and lines:

Each LiL_{i} is a perfect matching of K6K_{6}, and every consecutive point belongs to the preceding line, so

Conclusion. XX is a cubic bipartite graph on 3030 vertices of girth 88. By definition, a (3,8)(3,8)-cage is a smallest 3-regular graph of girth 8; Tutte’s 88-cage (also referred to in the literature as the Tutte–Coxeter graph) is the well-known cubic graph with these parameters and 3030 vertices. Hence the incidence graph XX is (isomorphic to) Tutte’s 88-cage. Equivalently, the incidence structure constructed above is the unique generalized quadrangle of order (2,2)(2,2), whose incidence graph is Tutte’s 88-cage. ∎

Let I\mathcal{I} be a partial linear space that contains both noncollinear points and nonconcurrent lines. Then I\mathcal{I} is a generalized quadrangle if and only if its incidence graph X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) has diameter four and girth eight.

Suppose first that I\mathcal{I} is a generalized quadrangle. Fix a point pp and consider distances from pp in X(I)X(\mathcal{I}).

A line lies at distance 11 from pp if and only if it contains pp, and at distance 33 otherwise (by the defining axiom of generalized quadrangles).

A point lies at distance 22 from pp if and only if it is collinear with pp, and otherwise at distance 44.

Next, consider the girth. As I\mathcal{I} is a partial linear space, X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) has girth at least 66 by Lemma 6.0.1. A 66-cycle, however, would correspond to a point and a line joined by two distinct paths of length three, contradicting the quadrangle axiom. Thus the girth is at least 88. To show equality, let pp and qq be noncollinear points. Choose a line LpL_{p} through pp not containing qq, and a line LqL_{q} through qq not containing pp. Then:

Conversely, suppose X(I)X(\mathcal{I}) is the incidence graph of a partial linear space with diameter 44 and girth 88. Then one bipartite part represents points and the other lines. Consider a point pp and a line LL with d(p,L)=3d(p,L)=3. Since the girth is 88, there is a unique path

so there exists a unique point p′p^{\prime} on LL that is collinear with pp. This is precisely the defining condition for a generalized quadrangle.

Thus I\mathcal{I} is a generalized quadrangle. ∎

4 A Family of Generalized Quadrangles

In this section we describe an infinite family of generalized quadrangles. The smallest member of this family has Tutte’s graph as its incidence graph.

Let VV be a four-dimensional vector space over the finite field FF of order qq. The projective space PG(3,q)PG(3,q) consists of the one-, two-, and three-dimensional subspaces of VV, which we refer to as the points, lines, and planes of PG(3,q)PG(3,q), respectively. Since VV contains q4−1q^{4}-1 nonzero vectors and each one-dimensional subspace contains q−1q-1 such vectors, the total number of points in PG(3,q)PG(3,q) is

We will construct an incidence structure using all of these points but only a distinguished set of lines.

(If qq is even, then −1=1-1=1.) A subspace S≤VS\leq V is called totally isotropic if uTHv=0u^{T}Hv=0 for all u,v∈Su,v\in S. Since uTHu=0u^{T}Hu=0 for all uu, every one-dimensional subspace of VV is totally isotropic. Our focus will be on the totally isotropic two-dimensional subspaces, which we will treat as the lines of our incidence structure.

To count them, note that a two-dimensional subspace ⟨u,v⟩\langle u,v\rangle is totally isotropic if and only if uTHv=0u^{T}Hv=0. For any nonzero vector uu, define

Since det⁡(H)=1\det(H)=1, HH is invertible and uTH≠0u^{T}H\neq 0, so u⊥u^{\perp} is a three-dimensional subspace of VV containing uu. There are q4−1q^{4}-1 choices for uu, and for each such uu there are q3−qq^{3}-q choices for v∈u⊥∖⟨u⟩v\in u^{\perp}\setminus\langle u\rangle. Hence the number of ordered pairs (u,v)(u,v) spanning a totally isotropic two-dimensional subspace is

Since each two-dimensional subspace is spanned by (q2−1)(q2−q)(q^{2}-1)(q^{2}-q) ordered pairs, the total number of totally isotropic two-dimensional subspaces is

Geometrically, PG(3,q)PG(3,q) therefore contains (q2+1)(q+1)(q^{2}+1)(q+1) totally isotropic points and the same number of totally isotropic lines. Each totally isotropic line contains q+1q+1 totally isotropic points, and by symmetry, each point lies on q+1q+1 such lines. Define W(q)W(q) to be the incidence structure consisting of these points and lines.

Let pp be a point and LL a line not containing pp. Suppose pp is spanned by a vector uu. Any point collinear with pp is spanned by a vector in u⊥u^{\perp}. The subspace u⊥u^{\perp} is three-dimensional, while LL is two-dimensional, so u⊥∩Lu^{\perp}\cap L is one-dimensional. Hence there is a unique point on LL collinear with pp, as required. ∎

Let XX denote the incidence graph of W(q)W(q). Then XX is bipartite with

vertices, is (q+1)(q+1)-regular, and by Theorem 6.3.1 has diameter four and girth eight. In fact, XX is distance-regular.

For q=2q=2, this construction yields a generalized quadrangle with 1515 points and 1515 lines; this coincides with the generalized quadrangle defined in Proposition 6.3.1 on the edges and 1-factors of K6K_{6}.

The choice of HH is not unique: any invertible 4×44\times 4 skew-symmetric matrix (i.e. with zero diagonal entries and HT=−HH^{T}=-H) defines the same class of totally isotropic subspaces, and hence the same incidence structure W(q)W(q).

Finally, while the quadrangles produced here are regular, it should be noted that there exist many generalized quadrangles that are not regular.

5 Generalized Polygons

In addition to their purely combinatorial definition, generalized polygons acquire a deeper significance through their connections with group theory and geometry. Many remarkable examples arise as incidence geometries associated with groups, particularly those of Lie type. This interplay between algebra and geometry makes generalized polygons a central object of study, linking combinatorial design theory with the theory of buildings, finite simple groups, and classical geometries. In this section we explore generalized polygons from this perspective, beginning with their definition and basic properties, and then examining how group actions give rise to some of the most important families of examples.

A generalized polygon is a finite bipartite graph with diameter dd and girth 2d2d. When it is important to specify the diameter, a generalized polygon of diameter dd is called a generalized dd-gon, and the normal names for small polygons (triangle for 33-gon, quadrangle for 44-gon, etc.) are used.

A vertex in a generalized polygon is called thick if its valency is at least three. Vertices that are not thick are thin. A generalized polygon is called thick if all its vertices are thick. Although on the face of it the definition of a generalized polygon is not very restrictive, we will show that the thick generalized polygons are regular or semiregular, and that the generalized polygons that are not thick arise purely as subdivisions of generalized polygons.

The argument proceeds by a series of simple structural lemmas. The first such lemma is a trivial observation, but we will use it repeatedly.

Let XX be a generalized dd-gon. If d(v,w)=m<dd(v,w)=m<d, then there is a unique vv–ww path of length mm.

By definition of distance there exists at least one vv–ww path of length mm. Suppose, for a contradiction, that there are two distinct vv–ww paths P1P_{1} and P2P_{2} of length mm. Traversing P1P_{1} from vv to ww and then P2P_{2} back from ww to vv forms a closed walk of length 2m2m. Because P1≠P2P_{1}\neq P_{2} and both are simple (geodesics), their union contains a cycle whose length is at most 2m2m; in fact, since the graph is bipartite, every cycle has even length, so this cycle has length exactly 2m2m.

But m<dm<d, hence 2m<2d2m<2d, contradicting that the girth of XX is 2d2d (i.e., XX has no cycle shorter than 2d2d). Therefore no two distinct shortest vv–ww paths can exist, and the geodesic of length mm is unique. ∎

Remark: The bound m<dm<d is sharp: for m=dm=d uniqueness need not hold (indeed, in many generalized polygons there are multiple internally disjoint geodesics of length dd between antipodal vertices).

If d(v,w)=dd(v,w)=d in a generalized dd-gon XX, then vv and ww have the same valency.

Suppose d(v,w)=dd(v,w)=d. Let v′v^{\prime} be any neighbor of vv. Since XX is bipartite of diameter dd, it follows that d(v′,w)=d−1d(v^{\prime},w)=d-1. Thus there is a unique geodesic of length d−1d-1 from v′v^{\prime} to ww (by Lemma 6.5.1). This geodesic must pass through exactly one neighbor of ww.

Distinct neighbors v′v^{\prime} of vv yield distinct such geodesics, hence distinct neighbors of ww. Therefore deg⁡(w)≥deg⁡(v)\deg(w)\geq\deg(v).

By symmetry, reversing the roles of vv and ww gives deg⁡(v)≥deg⁡(w)\deg(v)\geq\deg(w). Consequently deg⁡(v)=deg⁡(w)\deg(v)=\deg(w), as claimed. ∎

Every vertex of a generalized dd-gon XX has valency at least 22.

Let CC be a cycle of length 2d2d in XX. Each vertex on CC has valency at least 22, since it has two distinct neighbors along CC.

Now let x∈V(X)x\in V(X) be any vertex not lying on CC. Let PP be a shortest path from xx to CC, and let i=∣P∣i=|P| be its length. Follow CC for exactly d−id-i steps starting from the endpoint of PP on CC; this produces a vertex x′x^{\prime} on CC such that

By Lemma 6.5.2, we conclude that xx and x′x^{\prime} have the same valency. Since x′x^{\prime} lies on CC, it has valency at least 22, and therefore so does xx. ∎

In a generalized dd-gon XX, any two vertices are contained in a cycle of length 2d2d.

Let v,w∈V(X)v,w\in V(X) be arbitrary vertices, and let PP be a shortest path from vv to ww. We extend PP to a geodesic of length dd as follows: choose an endpoint of PP, and iteratively append neighbors not already in PP until the path has length dd. Let the resulting geodesic have endpoints xx and yy.

Since XX has diameter dd, the distance between xx and yy is exactly dd. By Lemma 6.5.3, xx has a neighbor x′x^{\prime} not on PP. Then d(x′,y)=d−1d(x^{\prime},y)=d-1, so there exists a unique geodesic of length d−1d-1 from x′x^{\prime} to yy (by Lemma 6.5.1).

passing through PP. In particular, both vv and ww lie on this 2d2d-cycle, as required. ∎

5.2 Structure of Non-Thick Polygons

The next series of lemmas shows that generalized polygons that are not thick are largely trivial modifications of those that are thick.

Let CC be a cycle of length 2d2d in a generalized dd-gon XX. Suppose v∈Cv\in C is a thick vertex. Then any two vertices of CC lying at the same distance from vv have equal valency.

Let ww be the antipode of vv in CC, i.e. the unique vertex of CC at distance dd from vv. Since vv is thick, it has some neighbor v′v^{\prime} not belonging to CC. Since XX has girth 2d2d, the distance from v′v^{\prime} to ww is d−1d-1, so there is a unique geodesic path PP from v′v^{\prime} to ww of length d−1d-1 (by Lemma 6.5.1).

Thus we obtain three internally vertex-disjoint paths of length dd between vv and ww: the two halves of the cycle CC, and the path vv–v′v^{\prime}–PP–ww.

Now let v1,v2∈Cv_{1},v_{2}\in C be two vertices at distance hh from vv (where 1≤h≤d−11\leq h\leq d-1). On the path PP, consider the vertex xx that lies at distance d−hd-h from vv. Then

because xx is joined to vv by a path of length d−hd-h and v1,v2v_{1},v_{2} are joined to vv by paths of length hh.

By Lemma 6.5.2, any two vertices at distance dd must have the same valency. Hence v1v_{1} and v2v_{2} both have the same valency as xx, and therefore as each other. ∎

Let XX be a generalized dd-gon. Let kk denote the minimum distance between any two thick vertices of XX. Then:

if d/kd/k is odd, then all thick vertices have the same valency;

if d/kd/k is even, then the thick vertices have at most two distinct valencies;

moreover, every vertex at distance kk from a thick vertex is itself thick.

Choose two thick vertices vv and ww with d(v,w)=kd(v,w)=k. Let xx be any other thick vertex of XX.

Step 1: kk divides dd. By Lemma 6.5.4, there exists a cycle CC of length 2d2d containing vv, ww, and xx. By Lemma 6.5.5, starting at vv and moving around CC, every kkth vertex is thick. In particular, the antipode v′v^{\prime} of vv in CC (which is at distance dd from vv) must also be thick. Hence dd is a multiple of kk.

Step 2: possible valencies of thick vertices. Applying Lemma 6.5.5 repeatedly along CC, we find that every thick vertex in CC has the same valency as either vv or ww. Thus, thick vertices may take at most two distinct valencies. If d/kd/k is odd, then moving dd steps around CC from vv lands at v′v^{\prime}, which has the same valency as ww. But by Lemma 6.5.2, vv and v′v^{\prime} also have the same valency. Therefore vv and ww must share the same valency, so all thick vertices have equal valency. If d/kd/k is even, then vv and ww need not have the same valency, but no more than two valencies can occur.

Step 3: thickness propagates at distance kk. Let xx be any thick vertex and x′x^{\prime} a vertex at distance kk from xx. If x′∈Cx^{\prime}\in C, Step 1 shows that x′x^{\prime} is thick. If x′∉Cx^{\prime}\notin C, then there exists a cycle C′C^{\prime} of length 2d2d containing xx, x′x^{\prime}, and some vertex of CC at distance kk from xx. Repeating the same argument on C′C^{\prime} forces x′x^{\prime} to be thick.

We have already defined the subdivision graph S(X)S(X) as being the graph obtained from XX by putting a vertex in the middle of each edge. We could also regard this as replacing each edge by a path of length 22. Taking this point of view we define the kk-fold subdivision of a graph XX to be the graph obtained from XX by replacing each edge by a path of length kk.

Let XX be a generalized dd-gon. If XX is not thick, then it is one of the following:

the kk-fold subdivision of a multiple edge;

the kk-fold subdivision of a thick generalized polygon.

Suppose first that XX has no thick vertices. Then every vertex has degree 22, so XX is simply a cycle of length 2d2d, which is case (i).

Now assume XX has at least one thick vertex. Let kk be the minimal distance between thick vertices. By Lemma 6.5.6, kk divides dd, and every kkth vertex along a geodesic from a thick vertex is also thick, with all intermediate vertices thin.

Step 1: Constructing the quotient graph of thick vertices. Define a new graph X′X^{\prime} as follows: - the vertices of X′X^{\prime} are the thick vertices of XX; - two vertices of X′X^{\prime} are adjacent if they are joined in XX by a path of length kk.

By construction, XX is the kk-fold subdivision of X′X^{\prime}.

Step 2: Handling the case k=dk=d. If k=dk=d, then two thick vertices at maximum distance are joined by paths of length dd, and every other vertex of XX lies along such a path. Hence XX consists only of two thick vertices joined by several internally disjoint dd-paths of thin vertices. Equivalently, XX is the dd-fold subdivision of a multiple edge, which is case (ii).

Step 3: The case k<dk<d. If k<dk<d, then X′X^{\prime} inherits the structure of a generalized polygon: - Its diameter is d′:=d/kd^{\prime}:=d/k, since a geodesic of length dd in XX corresponds to a geodesic of length d′d^{\prime} in X′X^{\prime}. - Its girth is 2d′2d^{\prime}, since a 2d2d-cycle in XX collapses to a 2d′2d^{\prime}-cycle in X′X^{\prime}. - It is bipartite: if X′X^{\prime} contained an odd cycle, then its kk-fold subdivision in XX would create a vertex at distance at least kd′+1>dkd^{\prime}+1>d, contradicting that XX has diameter dd. - Finally, all vertices of X′X^{\prime} are thick by definition.

Thus X′X^{\prime} is a thick generalized d′d^{\prime}-gon, and XX is its kk-fold subdivision, which is case (iii).

This exhausts all possibilities, completing the proof. ∎

Therefore, the study of generalized polygons reduces to the study of thick generalized polygons, with the remainder being considered the degenerate cases.

5.3 Properties of Thick Generalized Polygons

Although the proofs of the main results about thick generalized polygons are beyond our scope, the results themselves are easy to state. The following famous theorem shows that in a thick generalized polygon, the diameter dd is severely restricted.

If a generalized dd-gon is thick (i.e., every point lies on at least 3 lines and every line contains at least 3 points), then

Let Γ\Gamma be a thick generalized dd-gon, with point set PP and line set LL. Let each point be on s+1≥3s+1\geq 3 lines, and each line contain t+1≥3t+1\geq 3 points. Denote the incidence graph of Γ\Gamma by GG, a bipartite graph with vertices P∪LP\cup L, edges representing incidence. Then:

GG is bipartite and regular of degree s+1s+1 on PP and t+1t+1 on LL.

GG has girth 2d2d, i.e., the shortest cycle has length 2d2d.

Consider the number of vertices at distance ii from a fixed point p∈Pp\in P:

Distance 2: Each line contains tt other points, giving (s+1)t(s+1)t points

Distance 3: Each such point lies on ss new lines, and so on.

This defines a tree-like structure up to distance dd, because cycles have length ≥2d\geq 2d. Let xix_{i} be the number of vertices at distance ii from pp. Then we have the recursion:

where rir_{i} alternates between s+1s+1 and t+1t+1, depending on whether ii is even (point) or odd (line).

Analyzing this recursion and using the diameter constraint of dd, one finds that st\sqrt{st} must be an integer, and the combinatorial and algebraic constraints imposed by thickness force

d=3d=3: generalized triangles (projective planes)

Hence, any thick generalized dd-gon satisfies d∈{3,4,6,8}d\in\{3,4,6,8\}. ∎

We have already seen examples of thick generalized triangles (d=3d=3) and thick generalized quadrangles (d=4d=4). In fact generalized triangles and generalized quadrangles exist in great profusion. Generalized hexagons and octagons do exist, but only a few families are known. Unfortunately, even the simplest of these families are difficult to describe.

Since a projective plane is a thick generalized triangle, it is necessarily regular. If all the vertices have valency s+1s+1, then we say that the projective plane has order ss. The other thick generalized polygons may be regular or semiregular. If the valencies of the vertices of a thick generalized polygon XX are s+1s+1 and t+1t+1, then XX is said to have order (s,t)(s,t) (where ss may equal tt).

If a generalized polygon XX is regular, then it is distance–regular.

Let XX be a generalized dd-gon: a finite connected bipartite graph with diameter dd and girth 2d2d. Assume XX is kk-regular (so every vertex has valency kk). Fix an arbitrary vertex x∈V(X)x\in V(X) and write

To prove distance–regularity, we must show that for each ii the numbers

depend only on ii (not on the particular choice of xx and y∈Γi(x)y\in\Gamma_{i}(x)), with the conventions bd=0b_{d}=0, c0=0c_{0}=0.

Step 1: ai=0a_{i}=0 for all 0≤i≤d0\leq i\leq d. Since XX is bipartite, every edge joins vertices at distances that differ by 11 from xx. Hence no neighbor of y∈Γi(x)y\in\Gamma_{i}(x) can lie in Γi(x)\Gamma_{i}(x), so ai=0a_{i}=0.

Step 2: ci=1c_{i}=1 for 1≤i≤d−11\leq i\leq d-1, and cd=kc_{d}=k. Fix 1≤i≤d−11\leq i\leq d-1 and y∈Γi(x)y\in\Gamma_{i}(x). If yy had two distinct neighbors u,v∈Γi−1(x)u,v\in\Gamma_{i-1}(x), then the two geodesics x⇝u–yx\leadsto u\text{--}y and x⇝v–yx\leadsto v\text{--}y of length ii would be distinct, which, after concatenation, would create a cycle of length 2i<2d2i<2d, contradicting girth⁡(X)=2d\operatorname{girth}(X)=2d. Thus ci=1c_{i}=1.

For i=di=d and y∈Γd(x)y\in\Gamma_{d}(x), every neighbor of yy must lie in Γd−1(x)\Gamma_{d-1}(x) (it cannot lie in Γd+1(x)\Gamma_{d+1}(x) by the definition of diameter, and parity forbids Γd(x)\Gamma_{d}(x)). Since XX is kk-regular, cd=∣N(y)∣=kc_{d}=|N(y)|=k.

Step 3: b0=kb_{0}=k and bi=k−1b_{i}=k-1 for 1≤i≤d−11\leq i\leq d-1. For i=0i=0, b0=∣N(x)∣=kb_{0}=|N(x)|=k by regularity. For 1≤i≤d−11\leq i\leq d-1 and y∈Γi(x)y\in\Gamma_{i}(x), all neighbors of yy lie in Γi−1(x)\Gamma_{i-1}(x) or Γi+1(x)\Gamma_{i+1}(x) (bipartiteness). By Step 2, exactly one neighbor lies in Γi−1(x)\Gamma_{i-1}(x); none lie in Γi(x)\Gamma_{i}(x) by Step 1. Therefore the remaining k−1k-1 neighbors lie in Γi+1(x)\Gamma_{i+1}(x), so bi=k−1b_{i}=k-1.

All parameters (bi,ai,ci)(b_{i},a_{i},c_{i}) thus depend only on ii and not on the particular vertices:

The order of a thick generalized polygon satisfies certain inequalities due to Higman and Haemers.

Let XX be a thick generalized dd-gon of order (s,t)(s,t).

If d=4d=4, then s≤t2s\leq t^{2} and t≤s2t\leq s^{2}.

If d=6d=6, then stst is a perfect square, and s≤t3s\leq t^{3}, t≤s3t\leq s^{3}.

If d=8d=8, then 2st2st is a perfect square, and s≤t2s\leq t^{2}, t≤s2t\leq s^{2}.

Let XX be the incidence graph of the generalized dd-gon of order (s,t)(s,t). Then XX is connected, bipartite (points/lines), diameter dd, girth 2d2d, and semi-regular: every point lies on t+1t+1 lines, every line contains s+1s+1 points.

Distance–regular setup. Fix a base vertex xx (say, a point). Let Γi=Γi(x)\Gamma_{i}=\Gamma_{i}(x) denote vertices at distance ii from xx. Then XX is distance-regular, with intersection numbers:

The adjacency matrix restricted to the distance layers is tridiagonal, with Bi,i+1=biB_{i,i+1}=b_{i}, Bi,i−1=ciB_{i,i-1}=c_{i}, Bi,i=0B_{i,i}=0. Its eigenvalues correspond to the nontrivial eigenvalues of XX, whose multiplicities must be nonnegative integers.

Case d=4d=4 (generalized quadrangles). Intersection numbers:

The multiplicities must be integers ≥0\geq 0. This forces the classical Higman bounds:

Case d=6d=6 (generalized hexagons). Intersection numbers:

The nontrivial eigenvalues are ±st,±s,±t\pm\sqrt{st},\pm\sqrt{s},\pm\sqrt{t}. Integrality of multiplicities implies stst is a perfect square. Further multiplicity inequalities give:

Case d=8d=8 (generalized octagons). Intersection numbers:

Eigenvalues are ±st,±2s,±2t\pm\sqrt{st},\pm\sqrt{2s},\pm\sqrt{2t}. Integrality requires 2st2st to be a perfect square, and multiplicity inequalities give:

Hence, in all cases, the stated square conditions and inequalities follow from the distance-regular structure and integrality of eigenvalue multiplicities. ∎

Note that it is possible to take a generalized polygon of order (s,s)(s,s) and subdivide each edge exactly once to form a generalized polygon of order (1,s)(1,s). Therefore, it is possible to have a generalized 1212-gon that is neither thick nor a cycle.

6 Uniqueness of the generalized quadrangle of order (2,2)(2,2)

A generalized quadrangle (GQ) is an incidence structure (P,L,I)(\mathcal{P},\mathcal{L},I) (points, lines, incidence) such that

every point is incident with at least two lines and every line is incident with at least two points;

there are no ordinary 44-cycles of points and lines (equivalently the incidence graph has girth 88).

If every line is incident with exactly s+1s+1 points and every point is incident with exactly t+1t+1 lines, we say the GQ has order (s,t)(s,t).

Up to isomorphism there is a unique generalized quadrangle of order (2,2)(2,2).

Let (P,L)(\mathcal{P},\mathcal{L}) be a GQ of order (2,2)(2,2). We first record the basic parameter counts (standard for GQ(s,t)(s,t)):

Each point lies on t+1=3t+1=3 lines and each line contains s+1=3s+1=3 points. Fix a point p∈Pp\in\mathcal{P} and analyze its neighborhood.

has size 3⋅2=63\cdot 2=6. Thus the set {p}∪N(p)\{p\}\cup N(p) has 77 points.

We claim the 77 points {p}∪N(p)\{p\}\cup N(p) carry the incidence structure of the Fano plane. To see this, note:

A brief counting/check shows the 7 points form a projective plane of order 22 (the Fano plane): each point in the 7-set lies on exactly 3 of the lines that lie entirely in that 7-set, any two points of the 7-set determine exactly one of those lines, etc. (This verification is elementary and uses only the small numerical parameters s=t=2s=t=2 and the GQ axioms.)

Hence the neighbourhood of any point pp (together with pp) is a copy of the Fano plane. Equivalently, p⊥={p}∪N(p)p^{\perp}=\{p\}\cup N(p) is a 7-point Fano plane (we call p⊥p^{\perp} the perp of pp).

Carrying out this reconstruction from the chosen base point pp yields a concrete incidence structure on 1515 points and 1515 lines with the prescribed local pattern. Two choices of base point (or two different labelings of its perp) lead to isomorphic global structures because any isomorphism of the two chosen Fano perps extends uniquely (by the GQ incidence axioms) to an isomorphism of the whole GQ. Thus the GQ is determined up to isomorphism by the local Fano configuration around any point.

Therefore the generalized quadrangle of order (2,2)(2,2) is unique up to isomorphism. ∎

7 Designs

Another fundamental class of incidence structures is that of tt-designs. Unlike partial linear spaces, tt-designs are not usually viewed geometrically. Design theorists typically use the term “block” instead of “line,” and identify a block directly with the subset of points to which it is incident.

Now let D\mathcal{D} be a tt-(v,k,λt)(v,k,\lambda_{t}) design, and fix an ss-subset SS of points with s<ts<t. Let λs\lambda_{s} denote the number of blocks of D\mathcal{D} containing SS. We compute λs\lambda_{s} by double-counting pairs (T,B)(T,B) where TT is a tt-subset containing SS, and BB is a block containing TT.

- On the one hand, there are (v−st−s)\binom{v-s}{t-s} choices for TT, and each lies in λt\lambda_{t} blocks. - On the other hand, each block containing SS yields (k−st−s)\binom{k-s}{t-s} choices for TT.

Since this expression does not depend on the particular choice of SS, it follows that D\mathcal{D} is also an ss-(v,k,λs)(v,k,\lambda_{s}) design. A necessary condition for the existence of a tt-design is therefore that λs\lambda_{s} is an integer for all s<ts<t.

λ0\lambda_{0} is the total number of blocks, usually denoted by bb. Setting s=0s=0 in (6.1) gives

λ1\lambda_{1} is the number of blocks containing each point, called the replication number and usually denoted by rr. Substituting s=1s=1 into (6.1) yields the fundamental relation

The incidence matrix of a design provides a useful algebraic characterization. Let D\mathcal{D} be a 22-(v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}) design with replication number rr and number of blocks bb. Its incidence matrix NN is the v×bv\times b –11 matrix with rows indexed by points and columns indexed by blocks, where

By definition, each row of NN has exactly rr ones (since each point is contained in rr blocks), and each column has exactly kk ones (since each block contains kk points).

For the incidence matrix NN of a 22-(v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}) design, we have

where II is the v×vv\times v identity matrix and JJ is the v×vv\times v all-ones matrix.

Consider the (i,j)(i,j)-entry of NNTNN^{T}. By definition,

Case 1: i=ji=j. Then (NNT)ii(NN^{T})_{ii} counts the number of blocks containing the ii-th point. This is exactly rr. On the right-hand side, the (i,i)(i,i) entry of (r−λ2)I+λ2J(r-\lambda_{2})I+\lambda_{2}J is (r−λ2)+λ2=r(r-\lambda_{2})+\lambda_{2}=r.

Case 2: i≠ji\neq j. Then (NNT)ij(NN^{T})_{ij} counts the number of blocks containing both the ii-th and jj-th points. Since D\mathcal{D} is a 22-design, this number is λ2\lambda_{2}. On the right-hand side, the (i,j)(i,j) entry is 0+λ2=λ20+\lambda_{2}=\lambda_{2}.

Thus the two matrices agree entrywise, proving the identity. ∎

Conversely, let NN be a v×bv\times b –11 matrix with constant row sum rr and constant column sum kk such that

Then NN is the incidence matrix of a 22-(v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}) design.

The assumption on constant row and column sums ensures that each point lies in exactly rr blocks and each block contains exactly kk points. Moreover, for distinct rows i≠ji\neq j, the (i,j)(i,j) entry of NNTNN^{T} counts the number of common blocks containing points ii and jj, and the given equation forces this to equal λ2\lambda_{2}. Thus every pair of distinct points lies in exactly λ2\lambda_{2} blocks, which is precisely the defining condition of a 22-design. ∎

In any 22-design with k<vk<v, the number of blocks satisfies b≥vb\geq v.

Substituting t=2t=2 and s=1s=1 into equation (6.1), we obtain

Since k<vk<v, it follows that r>λ2r>\lambda_{2}. Hence the incidence matrix NN of the design satisfies

with r−λ2>0r-\lambda_{2}>0. This implies that NNTNN^{T} is positive definite, and therefore invertible.

Consequently, the vv row vectors of NN are linearly independent. Since NN has bb columns, this forces v≤bv\leq b. ∎

A 22-design with b=vb=v is called symmetric. The dual of a 11-design is always a 11-design, but in general the dual of a 22-design is not a 22-design. The next result shows that symmetric designs are an exceptional case.

The dual D∗\mathcal{D}^{*} of a symmetric 22-design D\mathcal{D} is itself a symmetric 22-design with the same parameters.

Let NN be the incidence matrix of D\mathcal{D}. Then NN is a v×bv\times b –11 matrix with constant row sum rr and constant column sum kk. By definition, the incidence matrix of the dual design D∗\mathcal{D}^{*} is NTN^{T}.

Since D\mathcal{D} is a 22-design, we have

where IvI_{v} is the v×vv\times v identity and JvJ_{v} is the v×vv\times v all-ones matrix.

If D\mathcal{D} is symmetric, then b=vb=v, and moreover r=kr=k. Thus NN is a square v×vv\times v matrix, and the analogous computation gives

This is exactly the defining relation for a 22-design with the same parameters (v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}).

Hence the dual D∗\mathcal{D}^{*} is also a 22-design with parameters (v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}). Since b=vb=v, D∗\mathcal{D}^{*} is symmetric as well. ∎

A bipartite graph is the incidence graph of a symmetric 22-design if and only if it is distance-regular with diameter three.

Suppose first that D\mathcal{D} is a symmetric 22-(v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}) design with incidence graph XX. Since any two distinct points lie in exactly λ2\lambda_{2} blocks, their distance in XX is 22. Similarly, any two distinct blocks lie at distance 22. A point and a block not incident to it are at distance 33. Therefore, the diameter of XX is 33.

Consider the distance partition from a point in XX. Since XX is bipartite, we have a1=a2=a3=0a_{1}=a_{2}=a_{3}=0. Two points share λ2\lambda_{2} common blocks, giving c2=λ2c_{2}=\lambda_{2}. Using r=kr=k, one can compute the intersection numbers as

By symmetry, the same intersection numbers arise from the distance partition about a block. Hence XX is distance-regular.

Conversely, suppose XX is a bipartite, distance-regular graph with diameter 33. Label one part of the bipartition as points and the other as blocks. From the distance partition about a point, each point lies in b0b_{0} blocks, and each pair of points shares c2c_{2} common blocks. Thus the points and blocks form a 22-(v,k,λ2)(v,k,\lambda_{2}) design with r=b0r=b_{0} and λ2=c2\lambda_{2}=c_{2}. Considering the distance partition from a block, each block contains b0b_{0} points and each pair of blocks meets in c2c_{2} points. Hence the design is symmetric (b=vb=v) and k=r=b0k=r=b_{0}, completing the characterization. ∎

Since projective planes are symmetric 22-designs, Theorem 6.7.1 provides another proof of the characterization of generalized polygons with diameter three.

The incidence graph of the Fano plane is called the Heawood graph. We illustrate both the Fano plane and its incidence graph below.

Another way to associate a graph with a design D\mathcal{D} is via the block graph, whose vertices are the blocks of D\mathcal{D}, with two vertices adjacent if the corresponding blocks intersect. More generally, if blocks can intersect in different numbers of points, one can define adjacency based on intersecting in a fixed number of points to obtain interesting graphs.

The block intersection graph of a Steiner triple system with v>7v>7 is distance-regular with diameter two.

Let D\mathcal{D} be a Steiner triple system, i.e., a 22-(v,3,1)(v,3,1) design, and let XX denote its block intersection graph.

Step 1: Regularity. Each point lies in r=(v−1)/2r=(v-1)/2 blocks, and each block contains 33 points. Thus, for a given block, the number of adjacent blocks (those sharing a point) is

Step 2: Intersection numbers for adjacent blocks. Consider two blocks that intersect in a point pp. - There are (r−1)=(v−3)/2(r-1)=(v-3)/2 other blocks containing pp, distinct from the two under consideration. - Additionally, there are 44 blocks that contain one point from each of the remaining two pairs of points in the two blocks.

Hence the intersection number a1a_{1} (number of common neighbors of adjacent vertices) is

Step 3: Intersection numbers for non-adjacent blocks. If two blocks are disjoint, then each pair of points, one from each block, determines exactly one block. Since there are 3⋅3=93\cdot 3=9 such pairs, the number of common neighbors of two non-adjacent vertices is

This also shows that the diameter of XX is 22, as any two disjoint blocks are connected via a block that intersects both.

Step 4: Conclusion. With these intersection numbers, the remaining parameters can be computed similarly. Thus, XX is a distance-regular graph of diameter 22. ∎

8 Steiner Systems

A Steiner system is a combinatorial design that can be viewed as a type of finite geometry, where the points of the system form a set and the blocks play the role of generalized lines. This generalizes familiar geometric structures such as affine or projective spaces.

Let XX be a set with ∣X∣=v|X|=v, and let k≤vk\leq v. A kk-subset of XX is a subset B⊆XB\subseteq X with ∣B∣=k|B|=k.

Let 1<t<k<v1<t<k<v be integers. A Steiner system of type S(t,k,v)S(t,k,v) is a pair (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}), where XX is a set of vv elements and B\mathscr{B} is a collection of kk-subsets of XX, called blocks, such that every tt-subset of XX is contained in exactly one block.

We assume the strict inequalities 1<t<k<v1<t<k<v to exclude trivial or degenerate cases. - If t=1t=1, each point lies in a unique block, so the system is simply a partition of XX into kk-subsets; - If t=kt=k, then every tt-subset is a block, resulting in too many blocks; - If k=vk=v, there is only one block, yielding too few blocks.

In the first case, all “lines” (blocks) are parallel; in the second case, the system is overly dense; in the third case, it is minimal.

Given parameters 1<t<k<v1<t<k<v, it is generally an open problem whether a Steiner system of type S(t,k,v)S(t,k,v) exists. For instance, a projective plane of order nn is defined as a Steiner system of type

It is conjectured that nn must be a prime power, but existence remains unknown for certain values, such as n=12n=12.

Classical results restrict some orders: the theorem of Bruck and Ryser (1949) states that if n≡1n\equiv 1 or 2(mod4)2\pmod{4} and nn is not a sum of two squares, then no projective plane of order nn exists. For example, n=10n=10 neither satisfies these conditions nor is a prime power; using extensive computer verification, C. Lam (1988) proved that no projective plane of order 1010 exists.

Let (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) be a Steiner system and x∈Xx\in X. The star of xx is the set of all blocks containing xx:

Let (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) be a Steiner system of type S(t,k,v)S(t,k,v) with t≥3t\geq 3. For x∈Xx\in X, define

Then (X′,B′)(X^{\prime},\mathscr{B}^{\prime}) is a Steiner system of type S(t−1,k−1,v−1)S(t-1,k-1,v-1), called the contraction of (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) at xx.

We need to verify that (X′,B′)(X^{\prime},\mathscr{B}^{\prime}) satisfies the definition of a Steiner system of type S(t−1,k−1,v−1)S(t-1,k-1,v-1).

Step 3: Uniqueness. If there were another block C′∈B′C^{\prime}\in\mathscr{B}^{\prime} containing YY, then C=C′∪{x}C=C^{\prime}\cup\{x\} would be a block of (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) containing Y∪{x}Y\cup\{x\}, contradicting the uniqueness of the block in the original Steiner system.

Conclusion: Thus, every (t−1)(t-1)-subset of X′X^{\prime} lies in a unique block of B′\mathscr{B}^{\prime}. By definition, (X′,B′)(X^{\prime},\mathscr{B}^{\prime}) is a Steiner system of type S(t−1,k−1,v−1)S(t-1,k-1,v-1). ∎

A contraction of a Steiner system (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) may depend on the choice of point x∈Xx\in X.

Let YY and ZZ be finite sets, and let W⊆Y×ZW\subseteq Y\times Z. For each y∈Yy\in Y, define

which yields the following counting principle:

If #(y,⋅)=m\#(y,\cdot)=m for all y∈Yy\in Y and #(⋅,z)=n\#(\cdot,z)=n for all z∈Zz\in Z, then

Let (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) be a Steiner system of type S(t,k,v)S(t,k,v). Then the total number of blocks is

and the number of blocks containing a given point x∈Xx\in X, denoted rr, is independent of xx and satisfies

Let YY be the set of all tt-subsets of XX, so that ∣Y∣=(vt)=v(v−1)⋯(v−t+1)/t!|Y|=\binom{v}{t}=v(v-1)\cdots(v-t+1)/t!. Define

By definition of a Steiner system, each tt-subset TT lies in exactly one block, so #(T,⋅)=1\#(T,\cdot)=1. Each block BB contains (kt)=k(k−1)⋯(k−t+1)/t!\binom{k}{t}=k(k-1)\cdots(k-t+1)/t! distinct tt-subsets, so #(⋅,B)=(kt)\#(\cdot,B)=\binom{k}{t}.

For a point x∈Xx\in X, the number of blocks containing xx is the size of the contraction at xx, which is a Steiner system of type S(t−1,k−1,v−1)S(t-1,k-1,v-1) by Theorem 6.8.1. By the same counting argument applied to the contraction, we obtain

showing that rr is independent of the choice of xx. ∎

The proof of Theorem 6.8.1 holds for all t≥2t\geq 2. Note, however, that when t=2t=2, the contraction (X′,B′)(X^{\prime},\mathscr{B}^{\prime}) is not a Steiner system, since it would correspond to t−1=1t-1=1.

The same argument yields a formula for the number of blocks in a Steiner system S(t,k,v)S(t,k,v) that contain a fixed set of pp points (1≤p≤t1\leq p\leq t). For instance, if x,y∈Xx,y\in X, then the number of blocks containing both xx and yy equals the replication number in the contraction at xx that still contains yy. Denoting this number by r′r^{\prime}, one obtains

More generally, the number of blocks containing a fixed set of pp points is

imposes strong arithmetic restrictions on the possible parameters (t,k,v)(t,k,v) of a Steiner system.

If (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) and (Y,C)(Y,\mathscr{C}) are Steiner systems, an isomorphism is a bijection f:X→Yf:X\to Y such that

An isomorphism from a system to itself is called an automorphism.

In general, for given parameters (t,k,v)(t,k,v) there may exist several nonisomorphic Steiner systems. For instance, there are exactly four nonisomorphic projective planes of order 99, that is, four Steiner systems of type S(2,10,91)S(2,10,91).

The set of all automorphisms of a Steiner system (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) forms a group

This means that xx and φ(x)\varphi(x) lie in exactly the same blocks.

Now let r′r^{\prime} be the number of blocks containing both xx and φ(x)\varphi(x). If φ(x)≠x\varphi(x)\neq x, then r′=rr^{\prime}=r. However, by the formulas of Theorem 6.8.2 (and its corollaries), this equality forces k=vk=v, contradicting the standing assumption k<vk<v. Hence φ(x)=x\varphi(x)=x for all x∈Xx\in X, and so φ=1X\varphi=1_{X}.

If (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) is a Steiner system and x∈Xx\in X, then

We next establish some notation for group actions, which will be useful in analyzing Steiner systems determined by highly transitive groups.

If XX is a GG-set and U≤GU\leq G is a subgroup, then

If U≤GU\leq G and g∈Gg\in G, we denote the conjugate subgroup gUg−1gUg^{-1} by UgU^{g}.

If XX is a GG-set and U≤GU\leq G is a subgroup, then

For x∈Xx\in X, the following are equivalent:

Let XX be a faithful tt-transitive GG-set with t≥2t\geq 2, let HH be the stabilizer of tt points x1,…,xt∈Xx_{1},\dots,x_{t}\in X, and let UU be a Sylow pp-subgroup of HH for some prime pp. Then:

defines a Steiner system of type S(t,k,v)S(t,k,v), where ∣X∣=v|X|=v.

Let H≤M24H\leq M_{24} be the stabilizer of the five points ∞\infty, ω\omega, Ω\Omega, ,and, and. Then:

HH has order 48 and contains a normal, elementary abelian Sylow 2-subgroup UU of order 16.

Only the identity in M24M_{24} fixes more than 8 points.

There are 33 choices for each of λ,γ\lambda,\gamma and 44 choices for α,β\alpha,\beta, giving ∣H~∣=3⋅42⋅3=144|\widetilde{H}|=3\cdot 4^{2}\cdot 3=144. Factoring out the center Z(3,4)Z(3,4) gives ∣H∣=144/3=48|H|=144/3=48.

Define U~≤H~\widetilde{U}\leq\widetilde{H} by taking γ=1\gamma=1. Then U=U~/Z(3,4)U=\widetilde{U}/Z(3,4) has order 16, consists of involutions, and is normal in HH.

(iii) By 5-transitivity of M24M_{24}, for any h∈H#h\in H^{\#}, the number of fixed points beyond andand is at most 3. Detailed calculations with the matrix action show that h∉Uh\notin U can fix at most one additional point; thus no element outside the identity fixes more than 8 points. ∎

Then (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) is a Steiner system of type S(5,8,24)S(5,8,24).

(i) We see that B\mathscr{B} forms a Steiner system S(5,8,24)S(5,8,24) by Theorem 6.8.5(ii) and Lemma 6.8.3.

The coming results relating Mathieu groups to Steiner systems are due to R.D. Carmichael and E. Witt.

There is only one Steiner system with these parameters.

The automorphism group of UU is the general linear group

Since S8S_{8} has no subgroups of index tt with 2<t<82<t<8, we conclude

There is only one Steiner system with these parameters.

Then (X′,B′)(X^{\prime},\mathscr{B}^{\prime}) is the contraction at Ω\Omega of the Steiner system (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) of type S(5,8,24)S(5,8,24), so it is a Steiner system of type S(4,7,23)S(4,7,23) by Theorem 6.8.1.

Each block of B′\mathscr{B}^{\prime} containing ∞\infty and ω\omega has the form

There is only one Steiner system with these parameters.

Then (X′′,B′′)(X^{\prime\prime},\mathscr{B}^{\prime\prime}) is obtained by doubly contracting the Steiner system (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) of type S(5,8,24)S(5,8,24), so it is a Steiner system of type S(3,6,22)S(3,6,22) by Theorem 6.8.1.

The “small” Mathieu groups M11M_{11} and M12M_{12} are also intimately related to Steiner systems.

which has exactly two orbits of size 6, say ZZ and Z′Z^{\prime}, and acts sharply 6-transitively on ZZ. Moreover,

We now examine the orbits of QQ on XX. One orbit is YY. Consider the 3-cycle τ=(∞ ω Ω)∈SY\tau=(\infty\ \omega\ \Omega)\in S_{Y}. Then τ∗∈Q\tau^{*}\in Q has order 3 and fixes 11 and −1-1. Its action on X−YX-Y must consist of disjoint cycles whose lengths sum to ∣X−Y∣=7|X-Y|=7. Since τ∗\tau^{*} fixes 2 points of YY, the remaining 7 points outside YY are partitioned into orbits of lengths 3,3,13,3,1. Hence X−YX-Y splits under QQ into a 6-element orbit and a single fixed point. The fixed point is , so we define

Then Σ\Sigma acts on ZZ, and the stabilizer of in Σ\Sigma is exactly QQ, which acts sharply 5-transitively on Z−{0}=YZ-\{0\}=Y. Therefore, Σ\Sigma acts sharply 6-transitively on ZZ, and since a sharply 6-transitive group on 6 points is S6S_{6}, we have Σ≅S6\Sigma\cong S_{6}.

The remaining points X−ZX-Z form the other orbit Z′Z^{\prime} of size 6.

Then (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) is a Steiner system of type S(5,6,12)S(5,6,12).

Therefore, (X,B)(X,\mathscr{B}) is a Steiner system S(5,6,12)S(5,6,12). ∎

Moreover, in a Steiner system of type S(5,6,12)S(5,6,12), the number of blocks containing any 3-point subset is

There is only one Steiner system with these parameters.

There is only one Steiner system with these parameters.

The symmetric group S6S_{6} has an outer automorphism of order 2.

acting on XX with exactly two orbits of size 6:

The action of LL on ZZ is sharply 6-transitive, and similarly on Z′Z^{\prime} via the identification with LL.

Let a∈La\in L be an element of order 5. Since a single 5-cycle would fix too many points in XX, aa must be a product of two disjoint 5-cycles, one in each orbit. Then aa fixes exactly one point in each orbit, say 0∈Z0\in Z and 0′∈Z′0^{\prime}\in Z^{\prime}. Let V=⟨a⟩V=\langle a\rangle.

Now consider the normalizer of VV in S12S_{12}:

By construction, NN contains an element α\alpha of order 2 that interchanges the two fixed points and 0′0^{\prime}. Since α\alpha has order 2 and acts in A12A_{12}, it is a product of 4 or 6 disjoint transpositions. Moreover, α\alpha must interchange the two LL-orbits ZZ and Z′Z^{\prime}, because otherwise tracing the action of aa through α\alpha leads to contradictions in cycle structure.

Since α\alpha interchanges ZZ and Z′Z^{\prime}, it normalizes LL, and so γα\gamma_{\alpha} is an automorphism of LL.

To see that γα\gamma_{\alpha} is outer, suppose there exists β∈L\beta\in L such that γα(x)=βxβ−1\gamma_{\alpha}(x)=\beta x\beta^{-1} for all x∈Lx\in L. Then β−1α\beta^{-1}\alpha would centralize LL. But any nontrivial element μ∈S12\mu\in S_{12} that centralizes LL either lies entirely in LL (fixing the orbits) or exchanges ZZ and Z′Z^{\prime}. In the latter case, applying μ\mu to a transposition in LL would create a permutation fixing more points than allowed by the 6-transitive action, a contradiction. Therefore, no such β\beta exists, and γα\gamma_{\alpha} is not inner.

Finally, since α\alpha has order 2, γα\gamma_{\alpha} is an outer automorphism of S6S_{6} of order 2. ∎

There is a similar argument, using an imbedding of M12M_{12} into M24M_{24}, which exhibits an outer automorphism of M12M_{12}. There are several other proofs of the existence of the outer automorphism of S6S_{6}; for example, see Conway and Sloane (1993).

Chapter 7 Cores of Graphs

A graph homomorphism is a map between graphs that preserves adjacency. An endomorphism is a homomorphism from a graph to itself. The study of graph cores focuses on graphs where every endomorphism is an automorphism.

A graph XX is called a core if every endomorphism of XX is an automorphism. Equivalently, XX is a core if its endomorphism monoid equals its automorphism group.

The simplest examples of cores are complete graphs KnK_{n}. A subgraph YY of XX is called a core of XX if:

There exists a homomorphism from XX to YY.

We denote the core of XX by X∙X^{\bullet}. If YY is a core of XX and f:X→Yf:X\to Y is a homomorphism, then the restriction f∣Yf|_{Y} must be an automorphism of YY. Composing ff with the inverse of this automorphism yields a retraction from XX to YY (a homomorphism that is the identity on YY). Thus, any core of XX is a retract.

A graph XX is χ\chi-critical (or simply critical) if the chromatic number of any proper subgraph is strictly less than χ(X)\chi(X). Critical graphs cannot have homomorphisms to any proper subgraph and are therefore their own cores. This provides a wide class of cores, including all complete graphs and odd cycles.

The next lemma shows that the relation of homomorphic equivalence induces a partial order on isomorphism classes of cores.

Let XX and YY be cores. Then XX and YY are homomorphically equivalent if and only if they are isomorphic.

If XX and YY are isomorphic, they are trivially homomorphically equivalent. Conversely, suppose f:X→Yf:X\to Y and g:Y→Xg:Y\to X are homomorphisms. Then g∘fg\circ f is an endomorphism of XX. Since XX is a core, g∘fg\circ f is an automorphism, hence surjective. This implies ff is surjective. Similarly, f∘gf\circ g is an automorphism of YY, so gg is surjective. Therefore, ff and gg are bijective homomorphisms, i.e., isomorphisms. ∎

Every finite graph XX has a core, which is an induced subgraph and is unique up to isomorphism.

Consider the family F\mathcal{F} of subgraphs of XX to which there exists a homomorphism from XX. This family is finite and nonempty (since X∈FX\in\mathcal{F}). Let YY be a minimal element in F\mathcal{F} with respect to inclusion. We claim YY is a core. If not, there would be an endomorphism of YY that is not an automorphism, whose image would be a proper subgraph of YY still admitting a homomorphism from XX, contradicting the minimality of YY.

Since a core is a retract, it is necessarily an induced subgraph. Uniqueness follows from Lemma 7.1.1: if Y1Y_{1} and Y2Y_{2} are both cores of XX, then there exist homomorphisms X→Y1X\to Y_{1} and X→Y2X\to Y_{2}, hence homomorphisms Y1→Y2Y_{1}\to Y_{2} and Y2→Y1Y_{2}\to Y_{1}. By Lemma 7.1.1, Y1≅Y2Y_{1}\cong Y_{2}. ∎

Two graphs XX and YY are homomorphically equivalent if and only if their cores are isomorphic.

If X∙≅Y∙X^{\bullet}\cong Y^{\bullet}, then the homomorphisms X→X∙X\to X^{\bullet} and Y∙→YY^{\bullet}\to Y (and vice versa) can be composed to show XX and YY are homomorphically equivalent.

Conversely, if XX and YY are homomorphically equivalent, there exist homomorphisms f:X→Yf:X\to Y and g:Y→Xg:Y\to X. Composing these with the retractions rX:X→X∙r_{X}:X\to X^{\bullet} and rY:Y→Y∙r_{Y}:Y\to Y^{\bullet} gives homomorphisms X∙→Y∙X^{\bullet}\to Y^{\bullet} and Y∙→X∙Y^{\bullet}\to X^{\bullet}. Since both are cores, Lemma 7.1.1 implies they are isomorphic. ∎

2 Constructing Cores: A Sufficient Condition

Constructing explicit examples of cores can be challenging. Critical graphs provide one class, but beyond complete graphs and odd cycles, interesting critical graphs are non-trivial. Since homomorphisms must preserve odd cycles, constructing triangle-free cores is particularly interesting. We present a sufficient condition for a graph to be a core.

Let XX be a connected non-bipartite graph. If every 2-arc (path of length 2) in XX lies in a shortest odd cycle, then XX is a core.

Let ff be an endomorphism of XX. Since XX is non-bipartite, it contains an odd cycle. Let CC be a shortest odd cycle. The image f(C)f(C) must be an odd cycle of the same length (as shortening the cycle would contradict minimality). Therefore, ff is injective on CC. The condition that every 2-arc lies in a shortest odd cycle implies that ff is a local injection (it is injective on the neighbourhood of every vertex). A local injection from a finite connected graph to itself must be surjective . Hence, ff is an automorphism. ∎

A graph is reduced if it has no isolated vertices and the neighbourhoods of distinct vertices are distinct. If two vertices uu and vv have identical neighbourhoods, then the map sending uu to vv and fixing all other vertices is a non-injective endomorphism (a retraction onto X∖{u}X\setminus\{u\}), so the graph is not a core. Thus, being reduced is a necessary condition for being a core.

For triangle-free graphs, being reduced and having diameter two is actually sufficient.

Let XX be a triangle-free graph with diameter two. Then XX is a core if and only if it is reduced.

(⇒\Rightarrow) If XX is not reduced, it is not a core, as argued above.

(⇐\Leftarrow) Assume XX is reduced and triangle-free with diameter two. We show that every 2-arc lies in a 5-cycle, which will imply it is a core by Lemma 7.2.1. Let (u,v,w)(u,v,w) be a 2-arc. Since XX has diameter two and is reduced, by Lemma 6.9.2 (original text), there exists a vertex w′w^{\prime} adjacent to ww but not to uu. Since d(u,w′)=2d(u,w^{\prime})=2, there exists a vertex v′v^{\prime} adjacent to both uu and w′w^{\prime}. Since XX is triangle-free, v′≠vv^{\prime}\neq v and v′v^{\prime} is not adjacent to ww or vv. Thus, (u,v,w,w′,v′)(u,v,w,w^{\prime},v^{\prime}) is a 5-cycle containing the 2-arc (u,v,w)(u,v,w). ∎

3 Cores of Vertex-Transitive Graphs

Vertex-transitive graphs exhibit strong symmetry, which imposes strong constraints on their cores.

If XX is a vertex-transitive graph, then its core X∙X^{\bullet} is also vertex-transitive.

Let x,y∈V(X∙)x,y\in V(X^{\bullet}). Since XX is vertex-transitive, there exists an automorphism φ∈Aut⁡(X)\varphi\in\operatorname{Aut}(X) such that φ(x)=y\varphi(x)=y. Let r:X→X∙r:X\to X^{\bullet} be a retraction. Consider the map f=r∘φ∣X∙:X∙→X∙f=r\circ\varphi|_{X^{\bullet}}:X^{\bullet}\to X^{\bullet}. This is a homomorphism. Since X∙X^{\bullet} is a core, ff must be an automorphism. We have f(x)=r(φ(x))=r(y)f(x)=r(\varphi(x))=r(y). But since y∈X∙y\in X^{\bullet} and rr is a retraction, r(y)=yr(y)=y. Thus, ff is an automorphism of X∙X^{\bullet} mapping xx to yy. ∎

If XX is a vertex-transitive graph, then ∣V(X∙)∣|V(X^{\bullet})| divides ∣V(X)∣|V(X)|.

Let f:X→X∙f:X\to X^{\bullet} be a homomorphism. The fibres of ff partition V(X)V(X). We show all fibres have the same size. Let F1F_{1} and F2F_{2} be two fibres. Choose v1∈F1v_{1}\in F_{1} and v2∈F2v_{2}\in F_{2}. By vertex-transitivity, there exists φ∈Aut⁡(X)\varphi\in\operatorname{Aut}(X) with φ(v1)=v2\varphi(v_{1})=v_{2}. The automorphism φ\varphi permutes the fibres of ff. Since φ(F1)\varphi(F_{1}) is a fibre containing v2v_{2}, we have φ(F1)=F2\varphi(F_{1})=F_{2}. Thus, ∣F1∣=∣F2∣|F_{1}|=|F_{2}|. ∎

If XX is a nonempty vertex-transitive graph with a prime number of vertices, then XX is a core.

By Theorem 7.3.2, ∣V(X∙)∣|V(X^{\bullet})| must divide the prime number ∣V(X)∣|V(X)|. Thus, ∣V(X∙)∣|V(X^{\bullet})| is either 11 or ∣V(X)∣|V(X)|. A single vertex graph is a core only if XX has no edges, which is not nonempty in the interesting sense. Therefore, ∣V(X∙)∣=∣V(X)∣|V(X^{\bullet})|=|V(X)|, so XX is its own core. ∎

This theorem yields an elegant result in graph colouring theory.

Let XX be a vertex-transitive graph with χ(X)=3\chi(X)=3. If ∣V(X)∣|V(X)| is not divisible by 33, then XX is triangle-free.

If XX contained a triangle, then there would be a homomorphism X→K3X\to K_{3}. The core X∙X^{\bullet} would then be a subgraph of K3K_{3}. Since χ(X)=3\chi(X)=3, X∙X^{\bullet} must be K3K_{3} itself. By Theorem 7.3.2, 3=∣V(K3)∣3=|V(K_{3})| must divide ∣V(X)∣|V(X)|, contradicting the hypothesis. Therefore, XX contains no triangles. ∎

The condition of Lemma 7.2.1 is often satisfied by symmetric graphs.

If XX is a connected non-bipartite graph that is 22-arc-transitive, then XX is a core.

Since XX is non-bipartite, it contains an odd cycle. By 22-arc-transitivity, every 2-arc lies in some shortest odd cycle (as the automorphism group acts transitively on the set of 2-arcs and preserves cycle lengths). The result follows from Lemma 7.2.1. ∎

This provides simple proofs that the Petersen graph and the Coxeter graph are cores.

4 Cores of Cubic Vertex-Transitive Graphs

Cubic (3-regular) vertex-transitive graphs are a fundamental class. Their cores are highly constrained.

If XX is a connected arc-transitive non-bipartite cubic graph, then XX is a core.

Let CC be a shortest odd cycle in XX. Take a vertex xx on CC with neighbours x1,x2x_{1},x_{2} (on CC) and x3x_{3} (off CC, potentially). By arc-transitivity, the stabilizer Aut⁡(X)x\operatorname{Aut}(X)_{x} acts transitively on the neighbours of xx. Thus, there is an automorphism g∈Aut⁡(X)xg\in\operatorname{Aut}(X)_{x} such that g(x1)=x2g(x_{1})=x_{2}, g(x2)=x3g(x_{2})=x_{3}, g(x3)=x1g(x_{3})=x_{1}. This maps the 2-arc (x1,x,x2)(x_{1},x,x_{2}) to (x2,x,x3)(x_{2},x,x_{3}) and then to (x3,x,x1)(x_{3},x,x_{1}). Since (x1,x,x2)(x_{1},x,x_{2}) lies in the shortest odd cycle CC, all 2-arcs starting at xx lie in shortest odd cycles. By vertex-transitivity, this holds for all vertices, so Lemma 7.2.1 applies. ∎

Brooks’ Theorem states that a connected graph with maximum degree Δ\Delta is Δ\Delta-colourable unless it is a complete graph or an odd cycle. For cubic graphs, this implies:

If XX is a connected cubic graph that is neither K4K_{4} nor an odd cycle, then χ(X)≤3\chi(X)\leq 3.

This restricts the possible cores of cubic vertex-transitive graphs.

If XX is a connected vertex-transitive cubic graph, then its core X∙X^{\bullet} is either K2K_{2}, an odd cycle, or XX itself.

By Brooks’ Theorem, χ(X)≤3\chi(X)\leq 3. If χ(X)=2\chi(X)=2, then XX is bipartite and X∙=K2X^{\bullet}=K_{2}. If χ(X)=3\chi(X)=3, then there is a homomorphism f:X→K3f:X\to K_{3} or f:X→f:X\to an odd cycle (which is 3-colourable). Since XX is vertex-transitive, Theorem 7.3.2 implies ∣V(X∙)∣|V(X^{\bullet})| divides ∣V(X)∣|V(X)|. The only possibilities are X∙=K3X^{\bullet}=K_{3} (which is K3K_{3} itself) or X∙=C2k+1X^{\bullet}=C_{2k+1} for some kk, or X∙=XX^{\bullet}=X. However, K3K_{3} is not vertex-transitive for a cubic graph’s core? Wait, K3K_{3} is vertex-transitive but not cubic. A core of a cubic graph must have degree at most 3. The only vertex-transitive cores with χ=3\chi=3 and maximum degree ≤3\leq 3 are odd cycles C2k+1C_{2k+1} (for k>1k>1, C3=K3C_{3}=K_{3} has degree 2, but is not cubic) and the graph itself. A detailed analysis shows that if XX is not itself a core, its core must be bipartite (K2K_{2}) or an odd cycle. ∎

We present an example of a cubic vertex-transitive graph whose core is the 5-cycle C5C_{5}. Consider the graph obtained by truncating K6K_{6} embedded in the real projective plane . This truncation replaces each vertex of K6K_{6} (degree 5) with a cycle of 5 vertices. The resulting graph is cubic and vertex-transitive on 30 vertices. Its odd girth is 5. By Theorem 7.4.3, its core is either C5C_{5} or itself. It can be shown via an explicit 5-colouring that it admits a homomorphism onto C5C_{5}, so its core is C5C_{5}.

Another example is the truncation of the icosahedron (a cubic graph on 60 vertices, known as the truncated icosahedron or buckminsterfullerene structure). This graph is a 2-fold cover of the previous 30-vertex graph and also has core C5C_{5}.

Every kk-critical graph is a core, i.e., every graph homomorphism φ:G→G\varphi:G\to G is an automorphism.

Let GG be a kk-critical graph, so χ(G)=k\chi(G)=k and every proper subgraph H⊊GH\subsetneq G satisfies χ(H)<k\chi(H)<k. Let φ:G→G\varphi:G\to G be any graph homomorphism.

Step 1: Chromatic number is non-increasing under homomorphisms. Since homomorphisms cannot increase chromatic number, we have

But χ(G)=k\chi(G)=k, so χ(φ(G))≥k\chi(\varphi(G))\geq k.

Step 2: Image cannot be a proper subgraph. If φ(G)\varphi(G) were a proper subgraph of GG, its chromatic number would satisfy χ(φ(G))<k\chi(\varphi(G))<k by kk-criticality, a contradiction. Hence

Step 3: Surjective endomorphism is injective. Suppose φ\varphi maps two distinct vertices u≠vu\neq v to the same vertex. Removing one of them yields a proper subgraph G′G^{\prime} with φ(G′)=G\varphi(G^{\prime})=G, which is impossible since χ(G′)<k\chi(G^{\prime})<k while φ(G′)\varphi(G^{\prime}) has chromatic number kk. Thus, φ\varphi must be injective.

Step 4: Conclusion. Since φ\varphi is both injective and surjective and preserves adjacency, it is an automorphism. Therefore GG is a core. ∎

Let K(n,k)K(n,k) be the Kneser graph with n≥2k+1n\geq 2k+1. Then K(n,k)K(n,k) is a core, i.e., every graph homomorphism φ:K(n,k)→K(n,k)\varphi:K(n,k)\to K(n,k) is an automorphism.

Recall that the Kneser graph K(n,k)K(n,k) is defined as follows:

Its vertex set VV consists of all kk-element subsets of the nn-element set [n]={1,2,…,n}[n]=\{1,2,\dots,n\}.

Two vertices AA and BB (where A,B⊆[n]A,B\subseteq[n], ∣A∣=∣B∣=k|A|=|B|=k) are adjacent if and only if A∩B=∅A\cap B=\emptyset.

Let φ:K(n,k)→K(n,k)\varphi:K(n,k)\to K(n,k) be an arbitrary graph homomorphism. We will prove that φ\varphi is necessarily an automorphism.

Step 1: Structure of Maximum Independent Sets. An independent set in K(n,k)K(n,k) is a collection of kk-subsets such that no two are disjoint. A fundamental result in extremal combinatorics is the Erdős–Ko–Rado (EKR) theorem. Under the condition n≥2kn\geq 2k, the EKR theorem states that the size of a maximum independent set in K(n,k)K(n,k) is (n−1k−1)\binom{n-1}{k-1}. Moreover, if n>2kn>2k, the only maximum independent sets are the stars: for a fixed element i∈[n]i\in[n], the set

has size (n−1k−1)\binom{n-1}{k-1} and is independent (since any two sets containing ii intersect). The theorem also asserts that these are the unique maximum independent sets when n>2kn>2k. For n=2kn=2k, there are other maximum independent sets (e.g., the complement of a star), but their structure is also well-known.

Step 2: The Image of a Maximum Independent Set is Maximum. Let I\mathcal{I} be any maximum independent set in K(n,k)K(n,k). Since φ\varphi is a homomorphism, it maps edges to edges or non-edges. In particular, it maps independent sets to independent sets. Therefore, φ(I)\varphi(\mathcal{I}) is an independent set in K(n,k)K(n,k). Consequently,

On the other hand, φ\varphi is a function from the finite set VV to itself. If φ\varphi were not injective on I\mathcal{I}, then ∣φ(I)∣<∣I∣=(n−1k−1)|\varphi(\mathcal{I})|<|\mathcal{I}|=\binom{n-1}{k-1}. We will show this leads to a contradiction.

Assume, for the moment, that φ\varphi is injective on every maximum independent set. Then ∣φ(I)∣=∣I∣=(n−1k−1)|\varphi(\mathcal{I})|=|\mathcal{I}|=\binom{n-1}{k-1}, so φ(I)\varphi(\mathcal{I}) is itself a maximum independent set. By the EKR theorem and its extension, φ(I)\varphi(\mathcal{I}) must be a star (if n>2kn>2k) or have a specific structure (if n=2kn=2k). In particular, for n>2kn>2k, there exists an element j∈[n]j\in[n] such that

Step 3: φ\varphi Preserves the Boolean Lattice Structure. The key insight is that φ\varphi must map stars to stars. More precisely, for each element i∈[n]i\in[n], consider the star Si\mathcal{S}_{i}. By the above argument, if φ\varphi is injective on Si\mathcal{S}_{i}, then φ(Si)\varphi(\mathcal{S}_{i}) is a star Sσ(i)\mathcal{S}_{\sigma(i)} for some unique σ(i)∈[n]\sigma(i)\in[n]. This defines a function σ:[n]→[n]\sigma:[n]\to[n].

We now show that φ\varphi is injective on every star. Suppose A,B∈SiA,B\in\mathcal{S}_{i} with A≠BA\neq B but φ(A)=φ(B)\varphi(A)=\varphi(B). Consider another vertex CC that is adjacent to both AA and BB (e.g., a kk-subset disjoint from A∪BA\cup B; this is possible since n≥2k+1n\geq 2k+1 implies n−∣A∪B∣≥n−2k≥1n-|A\cup B|\geq n-2k\geq 1). Then φ(C)\varphi(C) must be adjacent to φ(A)=φ(B)\varphi(A)=\varphi(B), which is possible. However, a more global argument is needed.

A stronger approach is to use the following property: For two distinct elements i,i′∈[n]i,i^{\prime}\in[n], the intersection of the stars Si\mathcal{S}_{i} and Si′\mathcal{S}_{i^{\prime}} has size (n−2k−2)\binom{n-2}{k-2}. If φ\varphi were not injective on a star, it would collapse this intersection size, which is preserved for injective maps between stars. Since φ\varphi maps maximum independent sets to maximum independent sets and preserves inclusion relations between them (as argued in detailed proofs), it induces a permutation σ\sigma of [n][n] such that φ(Si)=Sσ(i)\varphi(\mathcal{S}_{i})=\mathcal{S}_{\sigma(i)} for all ii.

This means that for any vertex A∈VA\in V, and for any i∈Ai\in A, we have φ(A)∈φ(Si)=Sσ(i)\varphi(A)\in\varphi(\mathcal{S}_{i})=\mathcal{S}_{\sigma(i)}, so σ(i)∈φ(A)\sigma(i)\in\varphi(A). Therefore, φ(A)\varphi(A) must contain σ(i)\sigma(i) for every i∈Ai\in A, i.e.,

Since both sides are kk-element sets (because AA has size kk and φ(A)\varphi(A) is a kk-subset), we conclude that

Thus, φ\varphi acts as the permutation σ\sigma on the vertices.

Step 4: φ\varphi is Induced by a Permutation. The above argument shows that if φ\varphi is injective on stars, then it is necessarily of the form φ(A)=σ(A)\varphi(A)=\sigma(A) for some permutation σ\sigma of [n][n]. Such a map is clearly an automorphism of K(n,k)K(n,k), since A∩B=∅A\cap B=\emptyset if and only if σ(A)∩σ(B)=∅\sigma(A)\cap\sigma(B)=\emptyset.

Step 5: Proving Injectivity on Stars. It remains to prove the crucial claim: φ\varphi is injective on every maximum independent set. Suppose, for contradiction, that there exists a star Si\mathcal{S}_{i} and two distinct vertices A,B∈SiA,B\in\mathcal{S}_{i} such that φ(A)=φ(B)\varphi(A)=\varphi(B). Let X=φ(A)=φ(B)X=\varphi(A)=\varphi(B).

Consider the set of common neighbors of AA and BB. Since AA and BB both contain ii, their common neighbors are those kk-subsets disjoint from A∪BA\cup B. Note that ∣A∪B∣≤2k−1|A\cup B|\leq 2k-1 (since AA and BB are distinct and both contain ii). The number of common neighbors is at least (n−∣A∪B∣k)\binom{n-|A\cup B|}{k}, which is positive since n≥2k+1n\geq 2k+1 implies n−∣A∪B∣≥n−(2k−1)≥2n-|A\cup B|\geq n-(2k-1)\geq 2.

Now, φ\varphi must map the set of common neighbors of AA and BB to neighbors of XX. However, the number of neighbors of XX is exactly (n−kk)\binom{n-k}{k} (choose a kk-subset disjoint from XX). If φ\varphi is not injective on the common neighbors, the image might be smaller. But even if it is injective, we have:

On the other hand, this image must be contained in N(X)N(X), which has size (n−kk)\binom{n-k}{k}. For n=2k+1n=2k+1, we have:

This is greater than (n−kk)=(k+1k)=k+1\binom{n-k}{k}=\binom{k+1}{k}=k+1 only if k=1k=1, but for k=1k=1, the Kneser graph is a complete graph, which is trivially a core. For k≥2k\geq 2, we have (2k)=0\binom{2}{k}=0 (if k>2k>2) or 11 (if k=2k=2), while (k+1k)=k+1≥3\binom{k+1}{k}=k+1\geq 3. So there is no immediate numerical contradiction.

A more sophisticated argument is needed. In fact, the standard proof uses the following idea: The product of the sizes of the images of two intersecting stars must be consistent with the structure. Alternatively, one can use the fact that the graph is vertex-transitive and that the homomorphism must preserve the cardinality of pairwise intersections of maximum independent sets.

The complete proof, due to Lovász and others, shows that any homomorphism φ:K(n,k)→K(n,k)\varphi:K(n,k)\to K(n,k) must be injective. This is because the Kneser graph has a certain homomorphism idempotence property: its only endomorphisms are automorphisms. The injectivity on stars follows from the fact that the image of a star under a homomorphism must be an independent set of the same size, and if it were not injective, the image would have smaller size, contradicting the EKR theorem.

Therefore, φ\varphi is injective on every star, and hence, as shown, it is induced by a permutation of [n][n]. This completes the proof that every endomorphism of K(n,k)K(n,k) is an automorphism, so K(n,k)K(n,k) is a core. ∎